Upgrade to SI Premium - Free Trial

Form 8-K NET 1 UEPS TECHNOLOGIES For: May 10

July 5, 2018 6:07 AM

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): July 5, 2018 (June 28, 2018)

NET 1 UEPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Florida 000-31203 98-0171860
(State or other jurisdiction (Commission (IRS Employer
of incorporation) File Number) Identification No.)

President Place, 4th Floor, Cnr. Jan Smuts Avenue and Bolton Road
Rosebank, Johannesburg, South Africa
(Address of principal executive offices)                  (ZIP Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 27-11-343-2000

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions: [ ] Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

[ ] Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a -12)
[ ] Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d -2(b))
[ ] Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e -4(c))

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.12b -2 of this chapter).

Emerging growth company  [  ]

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  [  ]


Item 1.01 Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement.

Revolving Credit Facility Agreement

On June 28, 2018, DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited (“DNI”) entered into a revolving credit facility agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division), a South African corporate and investment bank in its capacity as lender and agent (in such capacities, the “Lender”), and K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited (“Debt Guarantor”), a South African company incorporated for the sole purpose of holding collateral for the benefit of the Lender and acting as debt guarantor. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, DNI may borrow up to ZAR 200.0 million, through June 2021, from the Lender to finance the acquisition and/or requisition of telecommunication towers.

DNI has agreed to ensure that Net1 SA will become bound by the terms and conditions applicable to the other DNI shareholders party to the shareholder guarantee, cession and pledge agreement referred to below once the DNI shares pledged as security for the July 2017 facilities are released.

The Credit Agreement contains customary covenants that require DNI to maintain specified net senior debt to EBITDA and EBITDA to net senior interest ratios and restrict the ability of DNI, and certain of its subsidiaries to make certain distributions with respect to their capital stock, prepay other debt, encumber assets, incur additional indebtedness, make investments above specified levels, engage in certain business combinations and various other corporate activities.

Interest on the revolving credit facility is payable quarterly based on the Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate (“JIBAR”) in effect from time to time plus a margin of 2.75% . The JIBAR rate was 6.958% on June 29, 2018. DNI paid a non-refundable deal origination fee of approximately ZAR 2.3 million ($0.2 million) to the Lender in July 2018.

Subordination Agreement

Concurrent with the execution of the Credit Agreement, DNI entered into a subordination agreement (the “Subordination Agreement”) among the parties set forth on Annexure A thereto, the Lender and the Debt Guarantor, pursuant to which, among other things, the Subordinating Parties (as defined in the Subordination Agreement) agreed to subordinate any and all of their claims against the obligors set forth in the Credit Agreement to those claims of the Lender and the Debt Guarantor.

Shareholder Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement

Concurrent with the execution of the Credit Agreement, DNI also entered into a shareholder guarantee, cession and pledge agreement among AJD Holdings Proprietary Limited (“AJD”), Richmark Holdings Proprietary Limited (“Richmark”), the Debt Guarantor and FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) in its capacity as agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”), pursuant to which, among other things, AJD and Richmark agreed to guarantee certain obligations to the Lender under the Credit Agreement, pledge all of their shares in DNI and cede certain assets to the Debt Guarantor.

Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement


Concurrent with the execution of the Credit Agreement, DNI also entered into a guarantee, cession and pledge agreement (the “DNI Guarantee”) among the parties set forth on Annexure A thereto, the Debt Guarantor and the Agent, pursuant to which, among other things, the Guarantors (as defined in the DNI Guarantee) agreed to guarantee certain obligations to the Lender under the Credit Agreement, pledge all of their shares in DNI and cede certain assets to the Debt Guarantor.

Debt Guarantor Management Agreement

Concurrent with the execution of the Credit Agreement, DNI also entered into a debt guarantor management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) among the Debt Guarantor, the Agent, and TMF Corporate Services (South Africa) Proprietary Limited, in its capacity as administrator (the “Administrator”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Administrator agreed to perform and provide certain administrative services for the Debt Guarantor related to the Credit Agreement.

Counter-indemnity Agreement

Concurrent with the execution of the Credit Agreement, DNI also entered into a counter-indemnity agreement in favor of the Debt Guarantor, pursuant to which, among other things, DNI agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Debt Guarantor against claims related to Debt Guarantor’s guarantee of DNI’s obligations under the Credit Agreement.

The descriptions of the documents above do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text thereof, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.89 through 10.94 and are incorporated herein by reference.

On June 30, 2018, the USD/ZAR exchange rate was $1.00 / ZAR 13.70.

Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

The information provided in Item 1.01 of this Form 8-K is incorporated by reference.

Item 8.01. Other Events

The Company, through Net1 SA, has closed its acquisition of DNI and will consolidate its voting and economic interest in DNI from June 30, 2018. DNI has settled the ZAR 126.0 million ($9.2 million) loan due to Net1 SA on June 28, 2018, and Net1 SA has paid ZAR 126.0 million for an additional 6% in DNI, increasing Net1 SA’s voting and economic interest in DNI to 55%. Net1 SA is required to pay DNI an additional amount, not to exceed ZAR 400.0 million ($29.2 million), in cash, subject to DNI achieving certain performance targets, upon the finalization of DNI’s audited annual financial statements for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2019.


Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(d)

Exhibits


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.89

Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated June 28, 2018, among DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, as borrower, FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division), as lender and agent, and K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, as debt guarantor.

10.90

Subordination Agreement, dated June 28, 2018, among the parties listed in Annexure A, FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division), as lender and agent, and K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, as debt guarantor.

10.91

Shareholder Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement, dated June 28, 2018, among AJD Holdings Proprietary Limited, Richmark Holdings Proprietary Limited, DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, as borrower, K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, as debt guarantor, and FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division), as agent.

10.92

Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement, dated June 28, 2018, among the parties listed in Annexure A, as original cedents, K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, as debt guarantor, and FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division), as agent.

10.93

Debt Guarantor Management Agreement, dated June 28, 2018, among K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, as debt guarantor, FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division), as agent, DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, as borrower, and TMF Corporate Services (South Africa) Proprietary Limited, as administrator.

10.94

Counter-indemnity Agreement, dated June 28, 2018, between DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, as borrower, and K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, as debt guarantor.



SIGNATURES

           Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

  NET 1 UEPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
   
   
Date: July 5, 2018 By: /s/ Alex M.R. Smith
  Name: Alex M.R. Smith
  Title: Chief Financial Officer



Exhibit 10.89

REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
AGREEMENT

between

DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Borrower)

and

FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED
(ACTING THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK DIVISION)
(as Lender and Agent)

and

K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Debt Guarantor)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PARTIES 1
2 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1
3 THE FACILITY 24
4 PURPOSE 25
5 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION 25
6 UTILISATION 26
7 REPAYMENT 27
8 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 28
9 INTEREST 34
10 INTEREST PERIODS 35
11 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST 36
12 FEES 37
13 EXTENSION 38
14 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES 39
15 INCREASED COSTS 42
16 OTHER INDEMNITIES 43
17 MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES 44
18 COSTS AND EXPENSES 45
19 REPRESENTATIONS 46
20 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS 51
21 FINANCIAL COVENANTS 54
22 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS 57
23 EVENTS OF DEFAULT 64
24 CHANGES TO THE PARTIES 68
25 ROLE OF THE AGENT 69
26 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES 78
27 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES 79
28 PAYMENT MECHANICS 80
29 SET-OFF 83
30 NOTICES 84
31 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES 87
32 PARTIAL INVALIDITY 87
33 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 88
34 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 88
35 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION 89
36 CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATION 92
37 RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS 94



38 COUNTERPARTS 94
39 WAIVER OF IMMUNITY 94
40 SOLE AGREEMENT 95
41 NO IMPLIED TERMS 95
42 GOVERNING LAW 95
43 JURISDICTION 95

ANNEXURES

Annexure A CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
Annexure B OBLIGOR SECURITY
Annexure C FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST
Annexure D FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Annexure E FORM OF IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF UNDERTAKING
Annexure F DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE


1

1

PARTIES


1.1

The Parties to this Agreement are –


1.1.1

DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, registration number 2005/040937/07 (as "Borrower");

   
1.1.2

FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division), registration number 1929/001225/06 (as "Lender" and "Agent"); and

   
1.1.3

K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, registration number 2018/318388/07 (as "Debt Guarantor").


1.2

The Parties agree as set out below.


2

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION


2.1

Definitions

In this Agreement –

2.1.1

"Acceptable Bank" means –


2.1.1.1

the Lender;


2.1.1.2

a commercial bank or trust company which has a rating of Baa2 or higher by Moody's or BBB or higher by Standard & Poor's or Fitch, or a comparable rating from a nationally recognised credit rating agency;

   
2.1.1.3

in the case of cash held in South Africa, means the FirstRand Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited, Investec Bank Limited, The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited and Absa Bank Limited; or

   
2.1.1.4

any other commercial bank or trust company which has been approved as an Acceptable Bank by the Agent;


2.1.2

"Accounting Reference Date" means the financial year end date for the Group being 30 June;

   
2.1.3

"Accrued Interest" means any interest which has accrued on each Loan pursuant to clause 9.1 (Calculation of Interest);

   
2.1.4

"Agreement" means this agreement and its Annexures;

   
2.1.5

"Affiliate" means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company;



2

2.1.6

"AJD" means AJD Holdings Proprietary Limited, registration number 1975/004328/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

   
2.1.7

"Asset Value" means the Fair Market Value (net of any deferred tax liabilities) of all tangible assets of the Group, which shall include cash and cash equivalents but excluding goodwill and other intangible assets;

   
2.1.8

"Auditors" means one of PWC, E&Y, KPMG or Deloittes or any other firm approved in advance by the Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

   
2.1.9

"Authorisation" means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, permit, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration;

   
2.1.10

"Availability Period" means the period from and including the Fulfilment Date to and including the date falling ninety days prior to the Final Repayment Date;

   
2.1.11

"Available Commitment" means the Commitment less –


2.1.11.1

the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans; and

   
2.1.11.2

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date;


2.1.12

"Available Facility" means the aggregate for the time being of the Available Commitment;


2.1.13

"Base Rate" means –


2.1.13.1

in respect of each Interest Period other than a Broken Interest Period, JIBAR; or

   
2.1.13.2

in respect of any Broken Interest Period, the rate calculated with reference to the following formula:

  where:  
     
  r = the Base Rate to be determined in respect of that Broken Interest Period;
       
  r1 = JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate plus 10 basis points;
       
  r2 = JIBAR;
       
t1 = the number of days applicable to the period for which r1 is quoted on the first day of that Broken Interest Period;
       
t2 = the total number of days applicable to the period for which r2 is quoted on the first day of that Broken Interest Period; and


3

  t = the total number of days in that Broken Interest Period;

2.1.14

"Basel III" means –


2.1.14.1

the global regulatory framework on bank capital and liquidity contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating in the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

   
2.1.14.2

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

   
2.1.14.3

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III";


2.1.15

"Break Costs" means the amount (if any) determined by the Agent by which –


2.1.15.1

the interest (excluding the Margin) which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; exceeds –

   
2.1.15.2

the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;


2.1.16

"Break Gains" means the amount (if any) determined by the Agent by which –


2.1.16.1

the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

   

exceeds –

   
2.1.16.2

the interest (excluding the Margin) which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;



4

2.1.17

"Broken Interest Period" means any Interest Period, to the extent that such Interest Period is less than three Months;

   
2.1.18

"Business Day" means a day (other than a Saturday, a Sunday or official public holiday) on which banks are open for general business in Johannesburg;

   
2.1.19

"Cash and Cash Equivalents" means, in relation to a person at any time -


2.1.19.1

cash in hand or on deposit with: (i) any Acceptable Bank;

   
2.1.19.2

certificates of deposit, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;

   
2.1.19.3

any investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the UK or any member state of the European Economic Area or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating which -


2.1.19.3.1

matures within one year after the date of the relevant calculation; and

   
2.1.19.3.2

is not convertible to any other security;


2.1.19.4

any other debt, security or investment approved by the Lender,

in each case, to which any member of the Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is capable of being applied against Gross Senior Debt. For avoidance of doubt it does not include any asset listed in paragraphs 2.1.19.1 to 2.1.19.4 above which is the subject of Security, unable to be utilised without the consent of another person;

2.1.20

"CDH" means Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr Inc;

   
2.1.21

"Cell C" means Cell C Proprietary Limited, registration number 1999/007722/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa or any of its Affiliates;

   
2.1.22

"Code" means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

   
2.1.23

"Commitment" means ZAR200,000,000;

   
2.1.24

"Companies Act" means the Companies Act, No 71 of 2008;

   
2.1.25

"Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Annexure D (Form of Compliance Certificate);



5

2.1.26

"Conditions Precedent" means all of the documents and other evidence listed in (or if no actual document is specified, contemplated by) Annexure A (Conditions Precedent);

   
2.1.27

"Confidential Information" means all information relating to the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility information of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under the Finance Documents or the Facility from either –


2.1.27.1

any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

   
2.1.27.2

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes –

2.1.27.3

information that –


2.1.27.3.1

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of clause 35 (Confidential Information); or

   
2.1.27.3.2

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

   
2.1.27.3.3

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs 2.1.27.1 or 2.1.27.2 above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

   
2.1.27.3.4

any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation;


2.1.28

"Confidentiality Undertaking" means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the Loan Market Association or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent;

   
2.1.29

"Consortium" means, collectively –


2.1.29.1

AJD; and

   
2.1.29.2

Richmark,



6

which Consortium is led by Dunn;

   
2.1.30

"Control" means, in relation to any person, the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to –


2.1.30.1

cast, or control the casting of, 50.1% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that person;

   
2.1.30.2

hold beneficially 50.1% of the issued share capital (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital);

   
2.1.30.3

appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent offices of that person; or

   
2.1.30.4

give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that person with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that person are obliged to comply;


2.1.31

"Counter-Indemnity Agreement" means the counter-indemnity agreement, dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Borrower and the Debt Guarantor;

   
2.1.32

"Debt Guarantee" means the first-ranking debt guarantee, concluded or to be concluded on or about the Signature Date, between the Debt Guarantor and the Finance Parties (other than the Debt Guarantor) as security for the obligations of the Borrower owed to those Finance Parties under the Finance Documents;

   
2.1.33

"Debt Guarantor Management Agreement" means the agreement for the management and administration of the Debt Guarantor, concluded or to be concluded on or about the Signature Date, between the Debt Guarantor, the Agent, the Borrower and TMF Corporate Services (South Africa) Proprietary Limited;

   
2.1.34

"Default" means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in clause 23 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of any applicable grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default;

   
2.1.35

"Discharge Date" means the date on which –


2.1.35.1

the Facility Outstandings (including without limitation contingent liabilities in respect of continuing indemnities under the Finance Documents, other than contingent liabilities in respect of continuing indemnities in respect of which no claim has been made and which remain undischarged) have been fully and finally paid and discharged, whether or not as a result of enforcement; and



7

2.1.35.2

the Lender has no commitment, obligation or liability (whether actual or contingent) to lend money or provide other financial accommodation to the Borrower under any Finance Document;


2.1.36

"Disposal" means a sale, lease, licence, transfer, loan or other disposal by a person of any asset, undertaking or business (whether by a voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series of transactions), and "Dispose" shall have a corresponding meaning;

   
2.1.37

"Disruption Event" means either or both of –


2.1.37.1

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

   
2.1.37.2

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party –


2.1.37.2.1

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

   
2.1.37.2.2

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted;


2.1.38

"DNI Retail" means DNI Retail Proprietary Limited, registration number 2002/014708/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

   
2.1.39

"Distribution" means, in relation to any company, any payment (whether in cash or in specie and whether by way of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise) by way of interest or principal (whether in respect of an inter-company loan or otherwise), dividend, redemption, fee, royalty or other distribution or payment (including by way of the repurchase of any shares) by or on behalf of that company to or for the account of any direct or indirect shareholder, member, beneficiary or partner of that company or any direct or indirect holder of an economic or beneficial ownership interest in that company or any person that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by any shareholder, member, beneficiary or partner of that company or any holder of an economic or beneficial ownership interest in that entity, and the term "Distribution" shall include a "distribution", as such term is defined in the Companies Act;



8

2.1.40

"Dunn" means Andrew James Dunn, identity number XXX, an adult South African male;

   
2.1.41

"EBITDA" means, in respect of any Measurement Period, the consolidated operating income of the Group (as determined in accordance with IFRS) before the inclusion of the following items -


2.1.41.1

interest charged per the income statement;

   
2.1.41.2

Tax charged per the income statement;

   
2.1.41.3

depreciation and amortisation of any intangibles as per the income statement;

   
2.1.41.4

any exceptional, one off, non-recurring or extraordinary items;

   
2.1.41.5

any unrealised gains and losses on any financial instrument which is reported through the income statement;

   
2.1.41.6

any increase or decrease in the foreign currency translation reserves accounted for in the income statement;

   
2.1.41.7

any charge for impairment of goodwill or any reversal of any impairment of goodwill charge,

but after inclusion interest accrued or received as per the income statement, as determined in accordance with IFRS in each case during such Measurement Period;

2.1.42

"EBITDA to Net Senior Interest Ratio" means, in respect of any Measurement Period -


2.1.42.1

EBITDA;

   
2.1.42.2

divided by Senior Interest Charged,

in each case for such Measurement Period;

2.1.43

"Environment" means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media –


2.1.43.1

air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

   
2.1.43.2

water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

   
2.1.43.3

land (including, without limitation, land under water);



9

2.1.44

"Environmental Claim" means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law;

   
2.1.45

"Environmental Law" means any applicable law or regulation which relates to –


2.1.45.1

the pollution or protection of the Environment;

   
2.1.45.2

harm to or the protection of human health;

   
2.1.45.3

the conditions of the workplace; or

   
2.1.45.4

the generation, handling, storage, use, release, emission or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste;


2.1.46

"Environmental Permits" means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by any member of the Group;

   
2.1.47

"Event of Default" means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 23 (Events of Default);

   
2.1.48

"Exclusivity Agreement" means the master framework agreement concluded between ITC and Cell C on 5 August 2016;

   
2.1.49

"Existing Financial Indebtedness" means any Financial Indebtedness existing at the Signature Date and set out in Annexure F (Disclosure Schedule) to the extent not increased after the Signature Date;

   
2.1.50

"Facility" means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 3 (The Facility);

   
2.1.51

"Facility Outstandings" means, at any time, the aggregate of the Loans and all and any other amounts due and payable to the Lender on account of the Facility, including, without limitation, any Break Costs, bona fide claim for damages or restitution and any claim as a result of any recovery by the Borrower of a payment or discharge on the grounds of preference, and any amounts which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, non-provability or unenforceability;

   
2.1.52

"Fair Market Value" means the value determined or confirmed by an independent valuation expert appointed by the Agent, acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator (taking into account the terms and conditions of the Finance Documents), whose determination will, in the absence of manifest error, be final and binding on the Parties;



10

2.1.53

"Final Repayment Date" means the date falling three years after the Fulfilment Date;

   
2.1.54

"Finance Charges" means, in respect of any Measurement Period, all finance costs in respect of any Financial Indebtedness whether paid, payable or capitalised, incurred by any member of the Group (and calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that Measurement Period and -


2.1.54.1

including the interest (but not the capital element) of payments in respect of finance leases; and

   
2.1.54.2

including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to) any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement,

and so that no amount shall be added or deducted more than once;

2.1.55

"Finance Documents" means –


2.1.55.1

this Agreement;

   
2.1.55.2

the M4J Undertaking;

   
2.1.55.3

the Security Documents;

   
2.1.55.4

the Subordination Agreement;

   
2.1.55.5

each Utilisation Request;

   
2.1.55.6

each Compliance Certificate;

   
2.1.55.7

any document amending the Finance Documents listed in clauses 2.1.55.1 and 2.1.55.2 above; and

   
2.1.55.8

any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower,

and "Finance Document" means any one of them, as the context may require;

2.1.56

"Finance Party" means the Agent, the Debt Guarantor or the Lender and "Finance Parties" means all or some of them, as the context may require;

   
2.1.57

"Financial Covenants" means the financial covenants listed in clause 21 (Financial Covenants) below;

   
2.1.58

"Financial Indebtedness" means any indebtedness for or in respect of –


2.1.58.1

moneys borrowed;



11

2.1.58.2

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

   
2.1.58.3

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

   
2.1.58.4

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease

   
2.1.58.5

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

   
2.1.58.6

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other clause of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

   
2.1.58.7

any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

   
2.1.58.8

any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable;

   
2.1.58.9

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs 2.1.58.1 to 2.1.58.9 above;


2.1.59

"Fulfilment Date" means the date on which the Agent issues the notice contemplated at clause 5.1 (Initial Condition Precedent) confirming that the Conditions Precedent have been satisfied in form and substance satisfactory to it;

   
2.1.60

"Funding Rate" means any individual rate notified by the Lender to the Agent pursuant to clause 11.4.1.2 (Cost of Funds);

   
2.1.61

"General Notarial Bond" means each general notarial bond given by an Obligor in favour of the Debt Guarantor over all of the moveable assets of that Obligor, as continuing covering security for the obligations of the Borrower to the Debt Guarantor under the Finance Documents (including a special power of attorney in favour of CDH to pass and lodge that bond for registration with the applicable statutory public registry);

   
2.1.62

"Gross Senior Debt" means all Financial Indebtedness of the Group other than Financial Indebtedness which is subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties in terms of the Subordination Agreement or otherwise on terms to the satisfaction of the Agent;



12

2.1.63

"Gross Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio" means in respect of any Measurement Period -


2.1.63.1

Gross Senior Debt as at the last day of the applicable Measurement Period;

   
2.1.63.2

divided by EBITDA for such Measurement Period;


2.1.64

"Group" means –


2.1.64.1

the Borrower;

   
2.1.64.2

M4J;

   
2.1.64.3

DNI Retail;

   
2.1.64.4

ITC;

   
2.1.64.5

TSPC;

   
2.1.64.6

Speckpack;

   
2.1.64.7

each of the Borrower's direct and indirect Subsidiaries or joint venture companies from time to time; and

   
2.1.64.8

each other person which the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower Controls;


2.1.65

"Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement" means a guarantee, cession and pledge agreement concluded or to be concluded on or about the Signature Date between, amongst others, the Borrower, each other Obligor and the Debt Guarantor;

   
2.1.66

"Guarantors" means, collectively –


2.1.66.1

the Original Guarantors; and

   
2.1.66.2

any person, company or entity which is required to accede to the Guarantor Cession and Pledge Agreement and any other Finance Document as required in accordance with the provisions of clause 22.21 (Material Subsidiaries),

and "Guarantor" means any one of them, as the context may require;

2.1.67

"Holding Company" means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary;

   
2.1.68

"IFRS" means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;



13

2.1.69

"Indexed" means, in relation to any amount, adjusted annually for inflation in accordance with the consumer price index as published from time to time by Statistics SA in Statistical Release P0141 (referred to as Headline CPI - All Urban Areas (Primary and Secondary), any replacement statistical index published by Statistics SA from time to time, or such other index as may be agreed by the Agent and the Borrower;

   
2.1.70

"Insurances" means the insurances obtained or maintained by an Obligor;


2.1.71

"Interest Payment Date" means 31 March, 30 September, 30 June and 31 December of each year;

   
2.1.72

"Interest Period" means –


2.1.72.1

in relation to a Loan –


2.1.72.1.1

each successive period of three Months commencing, in each case, on (and including) an Interest Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next Interest Payment Date, provided that –


2.1.72.1.1.1

the first Interest Period shall commence on (and include) the Utilisation Date and end on (and exclude) the first Interest Payment Date to occur thereafter; and

   
2.1.72.1.1.2

the last Interest Period shall commence on (and include) the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding Final Repayment Date and end on (and exclude) the Final Repayment Date; and


2.1.72.2

in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 9.5 (Default Interest);


2.1.73

"ITC" means International Tower Corporation Proprietary Limited, registration number 2015/421641/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

   
2.1.74

"JIBAR" means, in relation to any Loan the applicable Screen Rate –


2.1.74.1

as of 11:00am on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in ZAR for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the relevant Loan; or

   
2.1.74.2

as otherwise determined pursuant to clause 11.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate), and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, then JIBAR shall be deemed to be zero;


2.1.75

"JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate" means, in respect of a Broken Interest Period –



14

2.1.75.1

the applicable Screen Rate; or

   
2.1.75.2

(if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg Interbank Market,

as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of overnight deposits in ZAR;

2.1.76

"Johannesburg Market" means the South African interbank market;

   
2.1.77

"Lender" means RMB;

   
2.1.78

"Loan" means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan;

   
2.1.79

"Longstop Date" means 30 June 2018, or such later date as the Agent may agree in writing;

   
2.1.80

"LTM Measurement Date" means the last day of March, June, September and December of each year;


2.1.81

"LTM Measurement Period" means each period of twelve months ending on a LTM Measurement Date, with the first such period being the LTM Measurement Period ending on 30 September 2018;

   
2.1.82

"M4J" means M4Jam Proprietary Limited, registration number 2003/011766/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

   
2.1.83

"M4J Undertaking" means the letter of undertaking substantially in the form of the certificate set out in Annexure E (Form of Irrevocable Letter of Undertaking);

   
2.1.84

"Margin" means 2.75% per annum;

   
2.1.85

"Material Adverse Change" means an occurrence or circumstances which has or is reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on–


2.1.85.1

the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower, and/or any other Obligor or the Group taken as a whole;

   
2.1.85.2

the ability of any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

   
2.1.85.3

the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents or the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness ranking of any Security granted or purporting to be granted or the rights or remedies of the Finance Parties under any of the Finance Documents;



15

2.1.86

"Material Subsidiary" means in respect of each financial year of the Borrower, any other person, company or entity (other than M4J) that –


2.1.86.1

contributes more than 5% of (i) the EBITDA of the Group or (ii) the Asset Value of the Group or (iii) gross turnover of the Group in respect of such financial year; and

   
2.1.86.2

individually contributes less than 5% of (i) the EBITDA of the Group or (ii) the Asset Value of the Group or (iii) gross turnover of the Group in respect of such financial year but collectively with other such members contributes more than 5% of (i) the EBITDA of the Group or (ii) the Asset Value of the Group or (iii) gross turnover of the Group in respect of such financial year,

such that at all times until the Discharge Date the Guarantors contribute at least 90% in aggregate of (i) the EBITDA of the Group and (ii) the Asset Value of the Group and/or (iii) gross turnover of the Group in respect of such financial year;

2.1.87

"Measurement Date" means a LTM Measurement Date;

   
2.1.88

"Measurement Period" means a LTM Measurement Period, and where applicable any forecast measurement period as the context requires;

   
2.1.89

"Month" means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that –


2.1.89.1

if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

   
2.1.89.2

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

   
2.1.89.3

if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end;

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period;

2.1.90

"Net1 SA" means Net1 Applied Technologies South Africa Proprietary Limited, registration number 2002/031446/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

   
2.1.91

"Net Senior Interest to EBITDA Ratio" means all Gross Senior Debt after deducting Cash and Cash Equivalents;



16

2.1.92

"Net Senior Debt" means all Gross Senior Debt after deducting Cash and Cash Equivalents;

   
2.1.93

"Net Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio" means in respect of any Measurement Period -


2.1.93.1

Net Senior Debt as at the last day of the applicable Measurement Period;

   
2.1.93.2

divided by EBITDA for such Measurement Period;


2.1.94

"Obligors" means, collectively –


2.1.94.1

the Borrower; and

   
2.1.94.2

each Guarantor,

and "Obligor" means any one of them, as the context may require;

2.1.95

"Original Financial Statements" means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the financial year ended 30 June 2017;

   
2.1.96

"Original Guarantors" means, collectively –


2.1.96.1

DNI Retail;

   
2.1.96.2

ITC; and

   
2.1.96.3

TSPC,

and "Original Guarantor" means any one of them, as the context may require;

2.1.97

"Permitted Distributions" means Distributions made by the Borrower to its Shareholders, provided that –


2.1.97.1

at the time of the making of the proposed Distribution, there is no Default or Event of Default which has occurred and which is continuing;

   
2.1.97.2

a Default or an Event of Default will not occur as a result of the proposed Distribution; and

   
2.1.97.3

at the proposed Distribution date and for two Measurement Periods thereafter it will, taking into account the proposed Distribution, comply with the requirements of clause 8.8.1 (Amortisation Trigger) below;


2.1.98

"Quotation Day" means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Johannesburg Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in Johannesburg Market (and if quotations would normally be given on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).



17

2.1.99

"Reference Bank Quotation" means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank;

 

2.1.100

"Reference Bank Rate" means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Banks could borrow funds in the Johannesburg Market in ZAR and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in that currency and for that period; or

 

2.1.101

"Reference Banks" means the principal Johannesburg offices of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Investec Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited or such other entities as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower;

 

2.1.102

"Refinancing" means the repayment, prepayment or replacement of the entire Facility funded by way of the incurrence by the Borrower, any Affiliate, any other member of the Group and/or any of their shareholders of indebtedness from a third-party bank, and "Refinance" and "Refinanced" shall be construed accordingly;

 

2.1.103

"Registrable Security Documents" means, collectively –


2.1.103.1 each Special Notarial Bond; and
   
2.1.103.2 each General Notarial Bond,

and "Registrable Security Document" means any one of them, as the context may require;

2.1.104

"Related Fund" in relation to a fund (the "first fund"), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund;

 

2.1.105

"Repeating Representations" means each of the representations set out in clause 19.1 (Status) to clause 19.6 (Governing Law and Enforcement), clause 19.9 (No default), clause 19.10 (No Misleading Information), clause 19.11 (Financial Statements), clause 19.12 (Pari Passu Ranking), clause 19.17 (Authorised Signatures), clause 19.19 (No Immunity) and clause 19.21 (Anti-corruption and Sanctions).



18

2.1.106 "Representative" means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian;
   
2.1.107 "Richmark" means Richmark Holdings Proprietary Limited, registration number 2000/013818/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa "
   
2.1.108 "Sanctioned Entity" means —

2.1.108.1

a person, country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or is subject to Sanctions;

 

2.1.108.2

a person which is ordinarily resident in a country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or is subject to Sanctions;


2.1.109 "Sanctioned Transaction" means financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to -

2.1.109.1

a Sanctioned Entity; or

 

2.1.109.2

any other person or entity, if the Borrower has actual knowledge that the person or entity proposes to use the proceeds of the financing or credit for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to a Sanctioned Entity,

in each case to the extent that to do so is prohibited by, or would cause any breach of, Sanctions;

2.1.110 "Sanctions" means trade, economic or financial sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority;
   
2.1.111 "Sanctions Authority" means —

2.1.111.1 the United Nations;
   
2.1.111.2 the European Union;
   
2.1.111.3 the Council of Europe (founded under the Treaty of London, 1946);
   
2.1.111.4 the government of the United States of America;
   
2.1.111.5 the government of the United Kingdom;
   
2.1.111.6 the government of the Republic of France,

and any of their governmental authorities, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control for the US Department of Treasury ("OFAC"), the US Department of Commerce, the US State Department or the US Department of the Treasury, Her Majesty's Treasury ("HMT") and the French Ministry of Finance;


19

2.1.112 "Sanctions List" means—

2.1.112.1 the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC;
   
2.1.112.2 the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and the Investments Ban List maintained by HMT,

and any similar list maintained, or a public announcement of a Sanctions designation made, by any Sanctions Authority, in each case as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time;

2.1.113

"Screen Rate" means the mid-market rate for deposits in ZAR for the relevant period which appears on the Reuters Screen SAFEY Page alongside the caption 'Yield' at the applicable time (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters). If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower;

 

2.1.114

"Security" means a mortgage bond, notarial bond, cession in security, charge, pledge, hypothec, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect;

 

2.1.115

"Security Documents" means, collectively –


2.1.115.1 the Debt Guarantee;
   
2.1.115.2 the Counter-Indemnity Agreement;
   
2.1.115.3 the Shareholders Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement;
   
2.1.115.4 the Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement;
   
2.1.115.5 the Registrable Security Documents;
   
2.1.115.6 any document amending the Security Documents listed in clause 2.1.115.1 to 2.1.115.5; and

2.1.115.7 any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower,

and "Security Document" means any one of them, as the context may require;

2.1.116 "Security Structure Documents" means, collectively –


20

2.1.116.1

the memorandum of incorporation of the Debt Guarantor;

 

2.1.116.2

the Debt Guarantor Management Agreement;

 

2.1.116.3

the trust deed, in terms of which the DNI SPV Owner Trust, is established (together with the letters of authority issued by the Master of the High Court in favour of the trustees of the trust);


2.1.117

"Senior Interest Charged" means, in respect of any Measurement Period, Finance Charges charged in relation to Net Senior Debt as per the consolidated income statement of the Group, in each case for such Measurement Period;

 

2.1.118

"Shareholders" means, collectively –


2.1.118.1 Net1 SA; and
   
2.1.118.2 each member of the Consortium,

and "Shareholder" means any one of them as the context may require;

2.1.119

"Shareholders Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement" means the guarantee, cession and pledge agreement concluded or to be concluded on or about the Signature Date between, amongst others, the Debt Guarantor and the Shareholders (other than Net1);


2.1.120

"Signature Date" means the date of the signature of the Party last signing this Agreement in time;

 

2.1.121

"South Africa" means the Republic of South Africa;

 

2.1.122

"Special Notarial Bond" means one or more special notarial bonds given by the applicable Obligor in favour of the Debt Guarantor over specified moveable assets of the applicable Obligor, as continuing covering security for the obligations of the Borrower to the Debt Guarantor under the Finance Documents (including, in each case, a special power of attorney in favour of CDH to pass and lodge that bond for registration with the applicable statutory public registry);

 

2.1.123

"Speckpack" means Speckpack Field Services Proprietary Limited, registration number 2014/164903/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

2.1.124

"Subordination Agreement" means the subordination agreement concluded or to be concluded on or about the Signature Date between, amongst others, the Borrower, M4J, the other Obligors, the Shareholders (other than Net1) and the Agent;



21

2.1.125

"Subsidiary" means a 'subsidiary' as defined in the Companies Act and shall include any person who would, but for not being a 'company' under the Companies Act, qualify as a 'subsidiary' as defined in the Companies Act;

 

2.1.126

"Tax" means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

 

2.1.127

"TSPC" means The Starterpack Company Proprietary Limited, registration number 2007/010809/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

2.1.128

"Unpaid Sum" means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents;

 

2.1.129

"Utilisation" means a utilisation of the Facility;

 

2.1.130

"Utilisation Date" means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made;

 

2.1.131

"Utilisation Request" means a notice substantially in the form set out in Annexure C (Form of Utilisation Request);

 

2.1.132

"VAT" means (i) any value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act, 1991, (ii) any general service tax and (iii) any other tax of a similar nature; and

 

2.1.133

"ZAR" means South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa.


2.2

Construction


2.2.1

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to –


2.2.1.1

the "Agent", the "Debt Guarantor", any "Finance Party", the "Lender" or any "Party", or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted cessionaries and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

   
2.2.1.2

a document in "agreed form" is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Agent or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Agent;

   
2.2.1.3

"assets" includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;



22

2.2.1.4

"authority" includes any court or any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority;

   
2.2.1.5

a "Finance Document" or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

   
2.2.1.6

"guarantee" means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

   
2.2.1.7

the use of the word "including" followed by specific examples will not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it, and the eiusdem generis rule must not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific examples;

   
2.2.1.8

"indebtedness" includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

   
2.2.1.9

a "person" includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

   
2.2.1.10

a "regulation" includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

   
2.2.1.11

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

   
2.2.1.12

a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.


2.2.2

The determination of the extent to which a rate is "for a period equal in length" to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

   
2.2.3

Section, clause and Annexures headings are for ease of reference only.



23

2.2.4

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

   
2.2.5

A Default (other than an Event of Default) is "continuing" if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is "continuing" if it has not been waived.

   
2.2.6

If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of the relevant Finance Document.

   
2.2.7

Unless inconsistent with the context, an expression in any Finance Document which denotes the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

   
2.2.8

The Annexures to any Finance Document form an integral part thereof and a reference to a "clause" or a "Annexures" is a reference to a clause of, or a annexure to, this Agreement.

   
2.2.9

The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, a contract shall be interpreted against the party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the interpretation of the Finance Documents.

   
2.2.10

The expiry or termination of any Finance Documents shall not affect those provisions of the Finance Documents that expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

   
2.2.11

The Finance Documents shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Finance Documents in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to include such Party's administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.

   
2.2.12

Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words in any Finance Document, if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail.

   
2.2.13

Unless a contrary indication appears, where any number of days is to be calculated from a particular day, such number shall be calculated as including that particular day and excluding the last day of such period.



24

2.3

Third Party Rights


2.3.1

Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, no provision of any Finance Document constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document.

   
2.3.2

Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document is not required to rescind or vary that Finance Document at any time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.


3

THE FACILITY


3.1

The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a ZAR revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Commitment.

3.2

Finance Parties' Rights and Obligations


3.2.1

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are separate and independent. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

   
3.2.2

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from the Borrower is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with clause 3.2.3 below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by the Borrower which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by the Borrower.

   
3.2.3

A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.



25

4

PURPOSE


4.1

Purpose

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility towards –

4.1.1

advancing funding to other members of the Group for the purposes of facilitating the acquisition and/or requisitioning of telecommunications towers;

   
4.1.2

allow for the reimbursement of any internally generated cashflows utilised by any member of the Group to finance the acquisition and/or requisition of telecommunications towers in the current financial year ending 30 June 2018; and

   
4.1.3

paying the transaction costs incurred in respect of the drafting of the Finance Documents.


4.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

5

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION


5.1

Initial Condition Precedent


5.1.1

The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless –


5.1.1.1

the Agent is satisfied that the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio (normalised) does not exceed 1.50 times, with EBITDA being the pro forma last twelve Months EBITDA calculated using the latest management accounts of the Borrower on a consolidated basis for the financial quarter immediately preceding the Fulfilment Date;

   
5.1.1.2

all the Conditions Precedent have been delivered to the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; or

   
5.1.1.3

to the extent that any Conditions Precedent are not in a form and in substance satisfactory to the Agent or have not been delivered, the Agent has, by notice in writing to the Borrower, waived or deferred delivery of those Conditions Precedent which are not in a form and in substance satisfactory to it or which have not been delivered, upon such terms and conditions as the Agent may specify in the aforesaid notice.


5.1.2

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lender promptly upon being so satisfied.

   
5.1.3

Each Utilisation Request delivered by the Borrower shall be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate confirming compliance with clause 21.1 (Financial Condition).



26

5.1.4

Other than to the extent that the Lender notifies the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in clause 5.1.1 above, the Lender authorises (but does not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as result of giving any such notification.


5.2

Further Conditions Precedent

The Lender will only be obliged to comply with clause 6.4 (Lender's Participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date –

5.2.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan;

   
5.2.2

no Material Adverse Change has occurred or would result from the proposed Loan;

   
5.2.3

the Repeating Representations are true in all material respects;

   
5.2.4

the Borrower is in compliance with clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) and the ratio set out in clause 8.8 (Amortisation Trigger) and will, over the next two Measurement Periods following the proposed Utilisation Date, continue to be in compliance with the financial covenants set out in clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) and the ratio set out in clause 8.8.1 (Amortisation Trigger); and

   
5.2.5

the Borrower is in compliance with clause 9.4 (Capitalisation of Interest).


5.3

If the Conditions Precedent are not fulfilled, deferred and/or waived on or before the Longstop Date the Agent (on behalf of the Lender) shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement and all of the Finance Documents by written notice to the Borrower. Such cancellation shall be without prejudice to the Borrower's obligations under clause 17 (Costs and Expenses) to pay any costs, fees, expenses or taxes then due and payable provided for therein and the provisions of clauses 28 (Payment Mechanics) to 43 (Jurisdiction) shall remain in force for such purpose.


6

UTILISATION


6.1

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 10:00am on the day at least three Business Days' prior to the proposed Utilisation Date, or such other period as consented to in writing by the Agent.

6.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request


6.2.1

Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless –



27

6.2.1.1

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period; and

   
6.2.1.2

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 6.3 (Currency and amount).


6.2.2

Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

   
6.2.3

Only three Utilisation Requests may be submitted per Month.


6.3

Currency and Amount


6.3.1

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be ZAR.

   
6.3.2

The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility and which is a minimum of ZAR20,000,000 and in integral multiples of ZAR5,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.


6.4

Lender's Participation


6.4.1

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Lender shall make each Loan available by the Utilisation Date.

   
6.4.2

The Agent shall notify the Lender of the amount of each Loan by 11:00am the Business Day before the proposed Utilisation Date.


6.5

Cancellation of Commitment

Any part of the Commitment which, at that time, is unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

6.6

Consolidation of Loans

If, on an Interest Payment Date, there is more than one Loan outstanding, then on such Interest Payment Date such Loans shall be consolidated and treated as a single Loan made under the Facility.

7

REPAYMENT


7.1

Repayment of Loans


7.1.1

The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans shall be repaid by the Borrower to the Agent (for the account of the Lender) by the Borrower paying a single bullet payment to the Agent on or before the Final Repayment Date. The Loans, all accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender in respect of the Facility shall be paid in full in a single bullet payment by no later than the Final Repayment Date.



28

7.1.2

The Borrower may, save for the amount of any Loan prepaid in respect of any mandatory prepayment, re-borrow the amount of any Loan paid, repaid or prepaid.


8

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION


8.1

Illegality

   

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction (i) for any Obligor or the Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement and/or any other Finance Document or (ii) for the Lender to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of the Lender for the Lender to do so –


8.1.1

the Lender or the Borrower (as applicable) shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

   
8.1.2

upon the Agent notifying the Borrower or the Lender (as applicable), the Available Commitment will be immediately cancelled; and

   
8.1.3

the Borrower shall repay the Facility Outstandings on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or the Lender (as applicable) or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).


8.2

Change of Control


8.2.1

If a Change of Control occurs –


8.2.1.1

the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

   
8.2.1.2

the Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation; and

   
8.2.1.3

if the Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within three days of the Borrower notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall, by not less than three days' notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment and declare all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment will be cancelled and all outstanding Loans and amounts will become immediately due and payable.


8.2.2

For the purpose of clause 8.2.1 above "Change of Control" means –


8.2.2.1

if Net1 SA, at any time before the Discharge Date, increases its shareholding in the Borrower above 50% and thereafter ceases directly or indirectly to –



29

8.2.2.1.1

have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast or control the casting of, at least 50% of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Borrower; or

   
8.2.2.1.2

hold beneficially and legally more than 50% of the issued share capital of the Borrower (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital); or


8.2.2.2

if Net1 SA's shareholding remains unchanged from that existing at the Signature Date, it ceases directly or indirectly to –


8.2.2.2.1

have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast or control the casting of, at least 49% of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Borrower; or

   
8.2.2.2.2

hold beneficially and legally more than 49% of the issued share capital of the Borrower (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital); or


8.2.2.3

the Consortium ceases directly or indirectly to –


8.2.2.3.1

have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast or control the casting of, at least 10% of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Borrower; or

   
8.2.2.3.2

hold beneficially and legally more than 10% of the issued share capital of the Borrower (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital); or


8.2.2.4

subject to clause 8.2.2.1 above, any person or entity or any group of persons acting in concert to acquire Control of the Borrower.


8.3

Material Disposal

   

If any Obligor or any other member of the Group Disposes of any assets or business which, in the aggregate, contribute more than 25% of total assets and/or 25% of the latest consolidated EBITDA of the Group –


8.3.1

the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

   
8.3.2

upon the Agent notifying the Lender, the Available Commitment will be immediately cancelled; and



30

8.3.3

if the Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within three days of the Borrower notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall, by not less than three days' notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment and declare all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment will be cancelled and all outstanding Loans and amounts will become immediately due and payable.


8.4

Mandatory prepayment – Insurance Proceeds

   

If –


8.4.1

any assets of the Borrower are damaged, lost or destroyed; and

   
8.4.2

the Borrower recovers any proceeds of Insurance in excess of ZAR25,000,000 on account of such assets from any insurer, other than any amounts recovered as a result of business interruption and/or third-party claims ("Insurance Proceeds"),


8.5

the Borrower shall by no later than five Business Days of receipt of such proceeds, make a mandatory prepayment on account of the Facility, in an amount equal to the Insurance Proceeds less any portion thereof which the Borrower notifies the Agent is, or is to be, applied in the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets so lost or destroyed and/or repair the assets so damaged or otherwise in amelioration of the loss in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made (or to reimburse the Borrower for any amount applied in replacing, reinstating and/or repairing such assets) ("Excluded Insurance Proceeds") and such Excluded Insurance Proceeds are –


8.5.1.1

committed for such application (as evidenced by a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower which has been passed within sixty days of the date of receipt of such Insurance Proceeds); and

   
8.5.1.2

are so applied within one hundred and twenty days of the date of receipt or such longer period as may reasonably be required to replace, reinstate and/or repair the relevant asset (as reasonably determined by the Borrower, on the basis of professional advice).


8.6

Mandatory prepayment – Disposal Proceeds

   

Subject to the provisions of clause 8.3 (Material Disposal) above, if –


8.6.1

any assets or business of the Borrower is Disposed of; and

   
8.6.2

the Borrower recovers any Disposal Proceeds in excess of ZAR25,000,000 on account of such Disposal,



31

8.7

the Borrower shall by no later than five Business Days of receipt of such Disposal Proceeds, make a mandatory prepayment on account of the Facility, in an amount equal to the Disposal Proceeds less any portion thereof which the Borrower notifies the Agent is, or is to be, applied in the replacement of the assets, business or undertaking so Disposed of ("Excluded Disposal Proceeds") and such Excluded Disposal Proceeds are –


8.7.1.1

committed for such application (as evidenced by a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower which has been passed within sixty days of the date of receipt of such Disposal Proceeds); and

   
8.7.1.2

are so applied within one hundred and twenty days of the date of receipt or such longer period as may reasonably be required to replace, reinstate and/or repair the relevant asset (as reasonably determined by the Borrower, on the basis of professional advice).


8.8

Amortisation Trigger


8.8.1

The Borrower shall ensure that the Gross Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio for any LTM Measurement Period in column 1 shall not exceed the ratio set out in column 2 of the table below opposite that LTM Measurement Period:


Measurement Period
[Column 1]
Ratio
[Column 2]
Ending on Measurement Dates 1 to 4 0.75 times
Ending on Measurement Dates 5 to 8 0.75 times
Each Measurement Period thereafter: 0.75 times

8.8.2

Subject to clause 21.3 (Equity Cure), should the Borrower at any time fail to comply with the provisions of clause 8.8.1 above –


8.8.2.1

the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

   
8.8.2.2

upon the Agent notifying the Lender, the Available Commitment will be immediately cancelled; and

   
8.8.2.3

the Borrower shall, with effect from the next Interest Payment Date and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter settle the Facility Outstandings by making payment to the Agent (for the account of the Lender) in equal instalments of capital and interest such that the Facility amortises to zero by no later than the Final Repayment Date.



32

8.8.3

If, at any time, there is a reduction or an increase in JIBAR, the Agent shall recalculate the rate applicable to the payments made by the Borrower pursuant to clause 8.10.6.2 above and notify the Borrower of the revised instalments due.


8.9

Voluntary Cancellation

   

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of ZAR25,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this clause 8.3 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lender rateably under the Facility


8.10

Voluntary Prepayment


8.10.1

The Borrower shall be entitled to voluntarily prepay a Loan, provided the procedure set out in this clause 8.10 has been followed.

   
8.10.2

In the event that the Borrower wishes to effect a voluntary prepayment of a Loan, or any part thereof from internally generated cash flows, then the Borrower shall notify the Agent in writing, not less than three Business Days prior to the proposed date (the "Voluntary Prepayment Date") of such voluntary prepayment, (the "Voluntary Prepayment Amount") the amount it wishes to voluntarily prepay (if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of a Loan by a minimum amount of ZAR5,000,000 and in integral multiples of ZAR5,000,000).

   
8.10.3

If such voluntary prepayment is funded through a Refinancing, the amount to be prepaid shall be an amount not less than the aggregate of the Facility Outstandings and all other amounts payable or to become payable by the Borrower on account of such voluntary prepayment (including without limitation Breakage Costs and penalties).

   
8.10.4

On the Voluntary Prepayment Date, the Borrower shall pay into the Agent (for the account of the Lender) the Voluntary Prepayment Amount.

   
8.10.5

Any Voluntary Prepayment Amount shall be applied on the Voluntary Prepayment Date to prepay a Loan under the Facility (including accrued interest) and shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions of clause 28.5 (Partial payments) below.

   
8.10.6

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lender) a penalty in respect of a Refinancing –


8.10.6.1

at any time from and including the first Utilisation Date to and including the date falling twelve Months after the first Utilisation Date, in an amount equal to 2% of the Facility Outstandings so prepaid; and



33

8.10.6.2

at any time from and excluding the date falling twelve Months after the first Utilisation Date to and including the date falling eighteen Months after the first Utilisation Date, in an amount equal to 1% of the Facility Outstandings so prepaid,


8.10.7

provided no such penalty shall be payable in respect of the Lender's proportional participation in such Refinancing pursuant to its right to match pursuant to clause 8.11 (Lender's right to match) below.


8.11

Lender's right to match

   

The Borrower undertakes in favour of the Agent that if it is entering into, or is contemplating entering into a Refinancing then –


8.11.1

the Borrower shall not enter into any Refinancing Agreement until it has entered into negotiations with the Lender, the aim of which shall be to afford the Lender the opportunity to provide 50% of the Refinancing; and

   
8.11.2

if negotiations conducted in good faith between the Borrower and the Lender in connection with such Refinancing have continued for a period of sixty days (or such longer period as may be agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Agent) and have not resulted in the conclusion of an agreement then the Borrower may, following written notice from it of its intention to do so, engage in a Refinancing agreement or Refinancing agreement with a third-party financier.


8.12

Right of Repayment and Cancellation


8.12.1

If –


8.12.1.1

any sum payable to the Lender by the Borrower is required to be increased under clause 14.2.3 (Tax gross-up); or

   
8.12.1.2

the Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity) or clause 15.1 (Increased costs),

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues and provided no Default is then continuing, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment and its intention to procure the repayment of the Loans.

8.12.2

On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in clause 8.12.1 above, the Commitment shall immediately be reduced to zero.

   
8.12.3

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice of cancellation under clause 8.12.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay the Loans.



34

8.13

Restrictions


8.13.1

Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given under this clause 8 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

   
8.13.2

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

   
8.13.3

The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

   
8.13.4

No amount of the Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

   
8.13.5

If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 8 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the affected Lender.

   
8.13.6

If all or part of a Loan is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of clause 5.2 (Further conditions precedent)), an amount of the Commitment (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.


9

INTEREST


9.1

Calculation of Interest

   

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of –


9.1.1

the Base Rate; and

   
9.1.2

the Margin.


9.2

Payment of Interest

   
9.3

Subject to clause 9.4 below, the Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Loan on each Interest Payment Date.

   
9.4

Capitalisation of interest


9.4.1

Subject to clause 9.4.2 below, all Accrued Interest shall to the extent not paid on the applicable Interest Payment Date, be capitalised to that Loan and form part of the outstanding principal for that Loan for purposes of the calculation of interest for each succeeding Interest Period (until paid in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement).



35

9.4.2

Capitalisation of Accrued Interest shall not be permitted if the Facility Outstandings would, as a result, equal or exceed the Commitment, and the Borrower shall in such circumstances pay all Accrued Interest on that Interest Payment Date.


9.5

Default Interest


9.5.1

If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to clause 9.5.2 below, is 2% per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of that Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this clause 9.5 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent.

   
9.5.2

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan –


9.5.2.1

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

   
9.5.2.2

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 2% per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.


9.5.3

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on any overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.


9.6

Notification of Rates of Interest


9.6.1

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lender and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

   
9.6.2

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.


10

INTEREST PERIODS


10.1

Non-Business Days

   

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).



36

11

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST


11.1

Unavailability of Screen Rate


11.1.1

If no Screen Rate is available for JIBAR for (i) ZAR or (ii) the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable JIBAR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of noon on the Quotation Day and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

   
11.1.2

If clause 11.1.1 above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for ZAR or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no JIBAR for that Loan and clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.


11.2

Calculation of Reference Bank Rate


11.2.1

Subject to clause 11.2.2 below, if JIBAR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by noon on the Quotation Day, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

   
11.2.2

If at or about noon on the Quotation Day, none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.


11.3

Market Disruption

   

If before close of business in Johannesburg on the Quotation Day the Agent receives notifications from the Lender that the cost to it of funding any Loan, from whatever source it may reasonably select, would be in excess of JIBAR then clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

   
11.4

Cost of Funds


11.4.1

If this clause 11.4 applies, the rate of interest on each Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of –


11.4.1.1

the Margin; and

   
11.4.1.2

the rate notified to the Agent by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling three Business Days after the Quotation Day, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.


11.4.2

If this clause 11.4 applies and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent (on behalf of the Lender) and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.



37

11.4.3

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 11.4.2 above shall, with the prior consent of the Agent and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

   
11.4.4

If this clause 11.4 applies pursuant to clause 11.3 (Market disruption) and –


11.4.4.1

the Lender's Funding Rate is less than JIBAR; or

   
11.4.4.2

the Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in clause 11.4.1.2 above,

the cost to the Lender of funding that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of clause 11.4.1 above, to be JIBAR.

11.5

Notification to Borrower

   

If clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) applies the Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Borrower.


11.6

Break Costs and Break Gains


11.6.1

The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

   
11.6.2

The Agent (on behalf of the Lender) shall credit to the Borrower a sum equal to the Break Gains applicable to any prepayment made by the Borrower, provided that the Lender shall not be obliged to credit such Break Gains to the Borrower where such Break Gains are realised as a consequence of any prepayment of a Loan due to an Event of Default or breach by the Obligors (or any of them) of any provision of the Finance Documents to which they are a party.

   
11.6.3

The Agent (on behalf of the Lender) shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Borrower, provide a certificate confirming in reasonable detail the amount of its Break Costs or Break Gains (as applicable) for any Interest Period in which they accrue


12

FEES


12.1

Deal Origination Fee


12.1.1

The Borrower shall pay the Agent (for the account of the Lender) a non-refundable deal origination fee equal to ZAR2,000,000 (plus VAT thereon) ("Deal Origination Fee").



38

12.1.2

The Deal Origination Fee is due on the Signature Date and payable on the earlier of (i) the first Utilisation Date or (ii) the Longstop Date.


12.2

Commitment Fee


12.2.1

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 1% per annum (plus VAT thereon) on the Available Commitment for the period from (and including) the Signature Date to and (including) the last day of the Availability Period.

   
12.2.2

The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.


12.3

Agency Fee


12.3.1

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee ("Agency Fee") in an amount not exceeding ZAR100,000 per annum (Indexed) provided that no agency fee shall be payable for so long as there is only one Lender under the Finance Documents.

   
12.3.2

The Agency Fee shall become due on the date that a New Lender (as defined in clause 24 (Changes to the Parties) below) becomes a party to the Finance Documents ("Transfer Date") but shall be payable –


12.3.2.1

firstly, 30 days after the Transfer Date; and

   
12.3.2.2

thereafter, annually on each anniversary of the Transfer Date.


13

EXTENSION


13.1

The Borrower may request in writing that the Final Repayment Date be extended for a further period of three years by giving notice to the Agent no less than forty-five Business Days prior to the Final Repayment Date.

   
13.2

The Agent shall give written notice of the Lender's decision as to whether or not it is willing to offer such extension to the Borrower on such terms as it may determine, by no later than fifteen Business Days prior to the Final Repayment Date unless otherwise agreed by the Agent in writing.

   
13.3

If the written notice is not given timeously by the Agent, the Facility shall expire on the Final Repayment Date.



39

13.4

If the Agent (on behalf of the Lender) consents to an Extension, the Lender shall be entitled to charge and the Borrower shall be obliged to pay a structuring and execution fee in respect of such extension of the Facility.

   
13.5

Any Extension shall be subject to the Lender obtaining internal approvals including, without limitation, from its credit committee.


14

TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES


14.1

Definitions


14.1.1

In this Agreement –


14.1.1.1

"Protected Party" means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document;

   
14.1.1.2

"Tax Credit" means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax;

   
14.1.1.3

"Tax Deduction" means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document; and

   
14.1.1.4

"Tax Payment" means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to a Finance Party under clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity).


14.1.2

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 13 a reference to "determines" or "determined" means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.


14.2

Tax Gross-Up


14.2.1

The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

   
14.2.2

The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from the Lender it shall notify the Borrower.

   
14.2.3

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.



40

14.2.4

If the Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

   
14.2.5

Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.


14.3

Tax Indemnity


14.3.1

The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

   
14.3.2

Clause 14.1.1 above shall not apply –


14.3.2.1

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

   
14.3.2.2

to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up).


14.3.3

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 14.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

   
14.3.4

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from the Borrower under this clause 14.3, notify the Agent.


14.4

Tax Credit

   

If the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that –



41

14.4.1

a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

   
14.4.2

that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

   

14.4.3

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Borrower which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.

14.5

Stamp Taxes

   

The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand) indemnify each Finance Party against, and shall pay to the relevant Finance Party, any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.


14.6

Value Added Tax


14.6.1

All amounts set out or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to clause 14.6.2 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

   
14.6.2

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the "Supplier") to any other Finance Party ("Recipient") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient ("Relevant Party") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this clause 14.6.2 applies) promptly pay the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply.



42

14.6.3

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.


15

INCREASED COSTS


15.1

Increased Cost


15.1.1

Subject to clause 15.3 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the Signature Date or (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government entity, a regulator, a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates)..

   
15.1.2

In this Agreement "Increased Costs" means –


15.1.2.1

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

   
15.1.2.2

an additional or increased cost; or

   
15.1.2.3

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into the Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

15.2

Increased Cost Claims


15.2.1

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 15.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

   
15.2.2

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.


15.3

Exceptions


15.3.1

Clause 15.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is –



43

15.3.1.1

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by the Borrower;

   
15.3.1.2

compensated for by clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 14.3.2 (Tax indemnity) applied); or

   
15.3.1.3

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.


15.3.2

In this clause 15.3, a reference to a "Tax Deduction" has the same meaning given to that term in clause 14.1 (Definitions).


16

OTHER INDEMNITIES


16.1

Currency Indemnity


16.1.1

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents ("Sum"), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency ("First Currency") in which that Sum is payable into another currency ("Second Currency") for the purpose of –


16.1.1.1

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

   
16.1.1.2

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against and shall pay to each such Finance Party any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

16.1.2

The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.


16.2

Other Indemnities

The Borrower shall within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against and shall pay to each such Finance Party any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of –

16.2.1

the occurrence of any Default;



44

16.2.2

a failure by any Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of clause 27 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

   
16.2.3

funding, or making arrangements to fund a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

   
16.2.4

a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.


16.3

Indemnity to the Agent

   

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent against and shall pay to the Agent any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent as a result of –


16.3.1

investigating or taking any other action in connection with any event which, based on the advice of any person referred to in clause 16.3.5 below, it reasonably concludes to be a Default;

   
16.3.2

any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under clause 17 (Costs and Expenses);

   
16.3.3

any default by the Borrower in the performance of any of the other obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

   
16.3.4

the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Agent by the Finance Documents or by law;

   
16.3.5

instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; or

   
16.3.6

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.


17

MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES


17.1

Mitigation


17.1.1

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 8.1 (Illegality), clause 13 (Tax gross-up and Indemnities) or clause 15 (Increased Costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to an Affiliate.



45

17.1.2

Clause 17.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.


17.2

Limitation of Liability


17.2.1

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party against and shall pay to each such Finance Party all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 17.1 (Mitigation).

   
17.2.2

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 17.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.


18

COSTS AND EXPENSES


18.1

Transaction Expenses

   

The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred and properly evidenced by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of –


18.1.1

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

   
18.1.2

any other Finance Documents executed after the Signature Date.


18.2

Amendment Costs

If –

18.2.1

the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

   
18.2.2

there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents,


18.2.3

the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse each Finance Party for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by that Finance Party in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such request or requirement.



46

18.3

Enforcement Costs

   

The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees on the scale as between attorney and own client whether incurred before or after judgement) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.


19

REPRESENTATIONS

   

The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this clause 19 to each Finance Party on the Signature Date.


19.1

Status


19.1.1

Each Obligor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

   
19.1.2

Each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.


19.2

Binding Obligations

   

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.


19.3

Non-Conflict with other Obligations

   

The entry into and performance by each Obligor of, and the transactions contemplated by, the finance documents do not and will not conflict with –


19.3.1

any law or regulation applicable to it;

   
19.3.2

its constitutional documents; or

   
19.3.3

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its subsidiaries or any of its or any of its subsidiaries' assets.


19.4

Power and Authority

   

Each Obligor has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

   
19.5

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence

   

All authorisations required or desirable –



47

19.5.1

to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents;

   
19.5.2

to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in each Obligor's original jurisdiction; and

   
19.5.3

for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities by each member of the Group,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

19.6

Governing Law and Enforcement


19.6.1

The choice of South African law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

   
19.6.2

Any judgment obtained in South Africa in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.


19.7

Deduction of Tax

   

No Obligor is required to make any Tax Deduction (as defined in clause 14.1 (Definitions) from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

   
19.8

No Filing or Stamp Taxes

   

Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

   
19.9

No Default


19.9.1

No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the entry into, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, the Finance Documents.

   
19.9.2

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any other Obligor or to which its (or any other Obligor's) assets are subject which might result in a Material Adverse Change.



48

19.10

No Misleading Information


19.10.1

Any factual information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower and each other Obligor was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

   
19.10.2

Nothing has occurred or been in relation to the Finance Documents and the transactions contemplated under the Finance Documents and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information provided in connection with the Finance Documents being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

   
19.10.3

All other written information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower (including its advisors) and each other Obligor to a Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect.


19.11

Financial Statements


19.11.1

Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.

   
19.11.2

Its Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view and present its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and its results of operations during the relevant financial year.

   
19.11.3

There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group) since the date on which the Original Financial Statements were submitted to the Agent.


19.12

Pari Passu Ranking

   

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

   
19.13

No Proceedings


19.13.1

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change has or have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any other member of the Group.

   
19.13.2

No judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change has (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been made against it or any other member of the Group.



49

19.14

Insolvency and Financial Distress


19.14.1

No –


19.14.1.1

corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 22.11 (Insolvency and business rescue proceedings); or

   
19.14.1.2

creditors' process described in clause 23.8 (Creditors' process), has been taken or threatened in relation to it or any other member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in clause 22.10 (Insolvency) applies to a member of the Group.


19.14.2

Neither it nor any member of the Group is 'Financially Distressed' (as defined in the Companies Act).


19.15

No Breach of Laws


19.15.1

It has not (and no other member of the Group has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
19.15.2

No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any member of the Group which have or are reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.


19.16

Environmental Laws


19.16.1

Each member of the Group is in compliance with clause 21.2 (Environmental compliance) and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
19.16.2

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Group, to result in a Material Adverse Change.


19.17

Authorised Signatures

   

Any person specified as its authorised signatory under the Finance Documents or clause 20.5.4.2 (Information – miscellaneous) is authorised to sign Utilisation Requests and other notices on its behalf.

   
19.18

Accounting Reference Date

   

Its Accounting Reference Date is 30 June.



50

19.19

No Immunity

   

In any proceedings taken in South Africa or in any other jurisdiction, no Obligor will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to any Finance Document.

   
19.20

Material Subsidiaries


19.20.1

It and each other member of the Group (other than M4J and Speckpack) which holds a direct interest in a Material Subsidiary has provided or will provide (as the case may be) the Security in the form and at the time as required under clause 22.21 (Material Subsidiaries).

   
19.20.2

The aggregate contribution of the Guarantors (i) the EBITDA of the Group and (ii) the Asset Value of the Group and/or (iii) gross turnover of the Group is at least 90%.


19.21

Anti-corruption and Sanctions


19.21.1

No Obligor or other member of the Group —


19.21.1.1

is (or will) finance or make funds available directly or indirectly to any person or entity which is currently a Sanctioned Entity or as part of a Sanctioned Transaction, to the extent such financing or provision of funds would currently be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions;

   
19.21.1.2

is contributing or will contribute or otherwise make available funds to any other person or entity for the purpose of financing the activities of any person or entity which is currently listed on a Sanctions List, to the extent such contribution or provision of proceeds would currently be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions; and


19.21.1.3

to the best of its knowledge and belief —


19.21.1.3.1

has been or is targeted under any Sanctions; or

   
19.21.1.3.2

has violated or is violating any applicable Sanctions.


19.21.2

It and each other member of the Group has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.


19.22

Repetition

   

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the Signature Date, the Fulfilment Date, the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.



51

20

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

   

The undertakings in this clause 20 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.


20.1

Financial Statements

   

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent copies of –


20.1.1

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and twenty days after the end of each of its financial years –


20.1.1.1

its annual audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year; and

   
20.1.1.2

its annual audited consolidated accounts,

together with a Compliance Certificate;

20.1.2

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within forty-five days of the end of each financial quarter –


20.1.2.1

its management accounts on a consolidated basis for that financial quarter (which shall include, without limitation, a cash flow statement, income statement and balance sheet on a year-to-date basis) together with a Compliance Certificate; and

   
20.1.2.2

a schedule of the total active subscriber base for DNI Retail, TSPC and M4J (showing the ongoing airtime revenue and connection incentive bonus revenue received by each such entity over the applicable quarter) signed by the financial director and one other director of the Borrower.


20.2

Compliance Certificate


20.2.1

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent –


20.2.1.1

on each Measurement Date; and

   
20.2.1.2

with each set of financial statements and/or accounts delivered pursuant to clauses 20.1.1 and 20.1.2.1 (Financial statements),


20.2.2

a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with clause 21 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements or accounts were drawn up.

   
20.2.3

Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the financial director and one other director of the Borrower.


20.3

Requirements as to Financial Statements



52

The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 20.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS.

20.4

Year-End

   

The Borrower shall procure that no member of the Group changes its financial year-end from the Accounting Reference Date without the prior written consent of the Agent.

   
20.5

Information – Miscellaneous

   

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for the Finance Parties, if the Agent so requests) –


20.5.1

copies of all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its Shareholders from time to time (or any class of them) at the same time as they are dispatched (to the extent that the disclosure of such documents by the Borrower to the Lender does not breach any fiduciary duties of any of the Borrower's directors);

   
20.5.2

promptly upon becoming aware of them, details and copies of any material changes proposed to or made to its constitutional documents or the constitutional documents of it or any member of the Group, including the filing of any Memorandum of Incorporation under the Companies Act;

   
20.5.3

promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of –


20.5.3.1

any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings in excess of an amount of ZAR5,000,000; and

   
20.5.3.2

any liquidation applications, winding up applications or business rescue applications,

which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group;

20.5.4

promptly upon becoming aware of them the details of or information relation to –


20.5.4.1

any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which is made against any member of the Group, and which might result in a Material Adverse Change; and

   
20.5.4.2

any assets subject to Security and any Disposal or Insurance claim which will require a prepayment of the Facility Outstandings;


20.5.5

promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group and/or any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request;



53

20.5.6

promptly, notice of any change in authorised signatories, signed by a director or company secretary and accompanied by specimen signatures of any new authorised signatories; and

   
20.5.7

promptly upon request, such additional information or documentation as the Agent may require in order to verify that any signatory referred to in clause 20.5.6 above has been duly authorised.


20.6

Notification of Default


20.6.1

The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

   
20.6.2

Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).


20.7

Exclusivity Agreement

   

The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any issuance of a termination notice under the Exclusivity Agreement and/or any cancellation or termination of the Exclusivity Agreement.

   
20.8

"Know your Customer" Checks


20.8.1

If –


20.8.1.1

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Signature Date;

   
20.8.1.2

any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of that Obligor) after the Signature Date; or

   
20.8.1.3

a proposed Transfer by the Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement,

obliges the Agent or the Lender (or, in the case of clause 20.8.1.3 above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with 'know your customer' or similar identification procedures (whether in terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 or otherwise) in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of the Lender) or the Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in clause 20.8.1.3 above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender or, in the case of the event described in clause 20.8.1.3 above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary 'know your customer' or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.


54

20.8.2

The Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary 'know your customer' or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.


21

FINANCIAL COVENANTS


21.1

Financial Condition


21.1.1

The Borrower shall ensure that –


21.1.1.1

the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio for any LTM Measurement Period in column 1 shall not exceed the ratio set out in column 2 of the table below opposite that LTM Measurement Period:


Measurement Period
[Column 1]
Ratio
[Column 2]
Ending on Measurement Dates 1 to 4 1.50 times
Ending on Measurement Dates 5 to 8 1.25 times
Each Measurement Period thereafter: 1.25 times

21.1.1.2

The Borrower shall ensure that the EBITDA to Net Senior Interest Ratio for any LTM Measurement Period in column 1 shall be greater than the ratio set out in column 2 of the table below opposite that LTM Measurement Period:


Measurement Period
[Column 1]
Ratio
[Column 2]
Ending on Measurement Dates 1 to 4 4.00 times
Ending on Measurement Dates 5 to 8 4.25 times
Each Measurement Period thereafter: 4.25 times


55

21.1.2

Senior Interest Charged shall, for purposes of the financial covenants set out in clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) and the ratio set out in clause 8.8.1 (Amortisation Trigger), for the Measurement Periods in respect of the first 4 Measurement Dates be calculated an annualised basis using the actual Senior Interest Charged in respect each such Measurement Period.


21.2

Financial Testing


21.2.1

The Financial Covenants set out in clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) and the ratio set out in clause 8.8.1 (Amortisation Trigger) –


21.2.1.1

may be tested by the Agent on any Measurement Date and shall in any event be tested by the Borrower in each case by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 20.1 (Financial Statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to clause 20.2 (Compliance Certificate); and


21.2.1.2

shall be calculated in accordance with IFRS.


21.2.2

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Lender shall at any time itself be entitled to calculate the Financial Covenants set out in clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) and the ratio set out in clause 8.8.1 (Amortisation Trigger) using the latest available financial information.


21.3

Equity cure


21.3.1

If the requirements of clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) or clause 8.8.1 (Amortisation Trigger) (the "Relevant Financial Covenant") is not met for any Measurement Period (each, a "Relevant Measurement Period"), the Borrower may elect, by written notice (each, a "Cure Notice") to the Agent, delivered together with the Compliance Certificate relating to that Measurement Period, to apply the cash proceeds of a New Shareholder Injection (each, a "Cure Amount") either during the Relevant Measurement Period or not later than forty five days after the end of the Relevant Measurement Period and/or if applicable by the date on which the relevant financial statements or accounts are delivered pursuant to 20.1 (Financial Statements) in prepaying the Facility in accordance with clause 21.3.5 below (each, an "Equity Cure").

   
21.3.2

The relevant Cure Amount received by the Borrower and actually applied in prepaying the Facility in accordance with clause 21.3.5 below shall be treated, in re-calculating the Relevant Financial Covenant for the Relevant Measurement Period and the immediately following two Measurement Periods, by –



56

21.3.2.1

if the Relevant Financial Covenant is the Net Senior Interest to EBITDA Ratio, notionally reducing the Net Interest calculated as if the repayment had been received twelve months prior to the relevant Measurement Date; and

   
21.3.2.2

if the Relevant Financial Covenant is the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio, notionally reducing the Facility Outstandings and/or the Commitment as if the repayment had been received twelve months prior to the relevant Measurement Date and recalculated for that Covenant Measurement Period;

   
21.3.2.3

if the Relevant Financial Covenant is the Gross Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio, notionally reducing the Facility Outstandings and/or the Commitment as if the repayment had been received twelve months prior to the relevant Measurement Date and recalculated for that Measurement Period.


21.3.3

If, after the prepayment of the Facility in accordance with clause 21.3.5 below, the requirements of the Relevant Financial Covenant are met, there shall be deemed to have been no breach of the Relevant Financial Covenant and any resulting Default shall be deemed remedied and waived for the Relevant Measurement Period provided that the Cure Amount is sufficient to ensure that the requirements of clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) are met in respect of the immediately following Measurement Period on a forecasted basis.

   
21.3.4

Not more than three Equity Cures may occur prior to the Final Repayment Date and Equity Cures shall not be permitted in respect of any consecutive Measurement Periods.

   
21.3.5

The Borrower may at any time during a Relevant Measurement Period apply a Cure Amount to prepay the Facility if the requirements of clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) will not be met for that Relevant Measurement Period, provided that no New Shareholder Injection applied in prepaying the Facility shall be treated as a Cure Amount for the purposes of this clause 21.3 unless the Borrower shall have designated that New Shareholder Injection as a Cure Amount pursuant to the delivery of a Cure Notice under clause 21.3.1 above.

   
21.3.6

Cure Amounts - mandatory prepayment

   

The Borrower shall apply all the proceeds of any Cure Amount received by it in or towards payment, repayment or prepayment of the Facility Outstandings, promptly upon receipt and, in any event, no later than forty-five Business Days after the relevant Measurement Date.



57

22

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

   

The undertakings in this clause 22 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.


22.1

Authorisations

   

The Borrower shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each Obligor does) promptly –


22.1.1

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

   
22.1.2

supply certified copies to the Agent of, any Authorisation required under any law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.


22.2

Compliance with Laws

   

The Borrower shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each Obligor does) comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject.

   
22.3

Environmental Compliance


22.3.1

The Borrower shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other member of the Group will) –


22.3.1.1

comply with all Environmental Laws;

   
22.3.1.2

obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;

   
22.3.1.3

implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law, where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.


22.4

Security


22.4.1

The Borrower shall procure that –


22.4.1.1

the General Notarial Bond; and

   
22.4.1.2

a Special Notarial Bond over all (but in any event no less than one hundred and eighteen) telecommunications towers owned by the applicable Obligor(s) ("Initial SNB"),


22.4.2

is fully executed by no later than the date falling fifteen Business Days after the Fulfilment Date and registered at the statutory public registry by no later than the date falling sixty days after the Fulfilment Date.



58

22.4.3

The Borrower shall procure that if, at any time after registration of the Initial SNB new telecommunications towers are acquired, constructed or erected that are not encumbered under the Initial SNB ("Unencumbered Towers") a new Special Notarial Bond over such Unencumbered Towers is fully executed and registered at the statutory public registry by no later than the date falling sixty days after construction, acquisition or erection of the one hundredth Unencumbered Tower and after each one hundredth Unencumbered Tower thereafter.


22.5

Environmental Claims

   

The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of –


22.5.1

any Environmental Claim against it or any other member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

   
22.5.2

any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against it or any member of the Group, where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.


22.6

Net1 SA

   

The Borrower shall ensure that, as soon as reasonably possible (but in any event within five Business Days) after the Financial Indebtedness in respect of which the shares held by Net1 SA in the Borrower have already been pledged to, amongst others, the Lender, is fully and finally discharged –


22.6.1

Net1 SA accedes to and becomes bound as an Additional Cedent under the Shareholders Guarantee, Cession and Pledge; and

   
22.6.2

delivers all the documents set out in Annexure B (Obligors) to the Agent.


22.7

M4J

   

The Borrower shall, until the Discharge Date –


22.7.1

continue to control the dividend policy adopted and implemented by M4J; and

   
22.7.2

remain the treasury company within the Group and shall ensure that all cash balances in excess of ZAR10,000,000 held by M4J will be Distributed to the Borrower on a weekly basis.


22.8

Employment of Dunn



59

If, at any time after the Signature Date, Dunn's contract of employment with the Borrower is terminated, the Borrower shall procure that Dunn is, within ninety days of his departure, replaced by a suitably qualified and experienced candidate, to the satisfaction of the Agent.

22.9

Negative Pledge

   

In this clause 22.6, "Quasi-Security" means an arrangement or transaction described in clause 22.9.2 below.


22.9.1

The Borrower shall not (and the Borrower shall procure that no member of the Group does and M4J does not) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets without the prior written consent of the Agent.

   
22.9.2

The Borrower shall not –


22.9.2.1

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any other member of the Group;

   
22.9.2.2

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

   
22.9.2.3

enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;

   
22.9.2.4

enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

   
22.9.2.5

enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

22.9.3

Paragraphs 22.9.1 and 22.9.2 above do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security listed below –


22.9.3.1

any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

   
22.9.3.2

any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

   
22.9.3.3

any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the Group after the Signature Date if –



60

22.9.3.3.1

the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group;

   
22.9.3.3.2

the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; and

   
22.9.3.3.3

the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six months of the date of acquisition of such asset;


22.9.3.4

any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the Signature Date, where the Security or Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group, if –


22.9.3.4.1

the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company;

   
22.9.3.4.2

the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; and

   
22.9.3.4.3

the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six months of that company becoming a member of the Group;


22.9.3.5

any Security or Quasi-Security entered into pursuant to any Finance Document;

   
22.9.3.6

any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier's standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omissions by any member of the Group; or

   
22.9.3.7

any Security or Quasi-Security in respect of a Permitted Financial Indebtedness (as defined in clause 22.18.2 (Financial Indebtedness) below).


22.10

Disposals


22.10.1

Except as permitted under clause 22.10.2, the Borrower shall procure that no Obligor or member of the Group shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise Dispose of any whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise Dispose of any asset.

   
22.10.2

Subject to clauses 8.3 (Material Disposal) and 8.6 (Mandatory Prepayment – Disposal Proceeds) above, clause 22.10.1 above does not apply to any Disposal made by the Borrower –



61

22.10.2.1

on an arms' length basis provided that –


22.10.2.1.1

the Borrower is not in breach of the Financial Covenants immediately preceding the closing date for such Disposal and is reasonably expected to comply with the Financial Covenants for a period of twelve Months thereafter until the Discharge Date;

   
22.10.2.1.2

no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result from such Disposal; or


22.10.2.2

with the prior written consent of the Agent.


22.11

Acquisitions


22.11.1

Except as permitted under Clause 22.11.2 below, the Borrower shall ensure that no Obligor shall acquire or subscribe for shares or other ownership interests in or securities of any company or other person, or acquire any business, assets or incorporate any company or other person.

   
22.11.2

Clause 22.11.1 above does not apply to any acquisitions –


22.11.2.1

of businesses or undertakings on an arms' length basis provided that –


22.11.2.1.1

the Borrower is not in breach of the Financial Covenants immediately preceding the closing date for such acquisition and is reasonably expected to comply with the Financial Covenants for a period of twelve Months thereafter until the Discharge Date;

   
22.11.2.1.2

no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result from any acquisition;

   
22.11.2.1.3

the target of any such acquisition has (i) traded for at least twelve Months and (ii) generated a positive EBITDA (being earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges and positive cash flows (calculated, in the case of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges, on a pro forma standalone basis)), for the twelve month period ending on the most recent month-end prior to the closing date for that acquisition (or, if not ascertainable, for the financial year of that company, business or undertaking most recently ended prior to the closing date for such acquisition); or


22.11.2.2

with the prior written consent of the Agent.



62

22.12

Distributions


22.12.1

The Borrower shall not make any Distributions for the period from the Signature Date to the Final Repayment Date.

   
22.12.2

Clause 22.12.1 above does not apply to –


22.12.2.1

a Permitted Distribution; or

   
22.12.2.2

any Distribution made with the prior written consent of the Agent.


22.13

Merger


22.13.1

The Borrower shall not enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction.

   
22.13.2

Clause 22.13.1 above does not apply to –


22.13.2.1

any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal permitted pursuant to clause 22.10 (Disposals); or

   
22.13.2.2

effected with the prior written consent of the Agent.


22.14

Constitutional Documents

   

The Borrower shall ensure that no material change is made to its constitutional documents without the prior written consent of the Agent.

   
22.15

Change of Business

   

The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower or any other member of the Group taken as a whole from that carried on at the Signature Date.

   
22.16

Loans or Credit


22.16.1

Except as permitted under clause 22.16.2 below, the Borrower shall not be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.

   
22.16.2

Clause 22.16.1 above does not apply to –


22.16.2.1

any loan made by the Borrower to another Obligor or M4J where –


22.16.2.1.1

the Borrower's claim in respect of such loan ranks in priority to other Financial Indebtedness (save for that incurred under the Finance Documents) incurred by such Obligor or M4J;



63

22.16.2.1.2

such loan is subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

   
22.16.2.1.3

the Borrower has provided Security over such loan claims to the Finance Parties;


22.16.2.2

loans or credit to any other members of the Group (other than Speckpack) which, in the aggregate, do not exceed ZAR25,000,000; or

   
22.16.2.3

loans or credit expressly permitted in writing by the Lender.


22.17

No Guarantees or Indemnities


22.17.1

Except as permitted under clause 22.17.2 below, the Borrower incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person.

   
22.17.2

Clause 22.17.1 does not apply to a guarantee which is –


22.17.2.1

given in respect of a Permitted Financial Indebtedness (as defined in clause 22.18.2 below); or

   
22.17.2.2

given with the prior written consent of the Agent.


22.18

Financial Indebtedness


22.18.1

Except as permitted under clause 22.18.2.4 below, the Borrower shall not (and the Borrower shall procure that M4J does not) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

   
22.18.2

Clause 22.18.1 above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness ("Permitted Financial Indebtedness") –


22.18.2.1

the Existing Financial Indebtedness and any future general short term Financial Indebtedness made available to the Borrower and/or M4J by the Lender or any of its Affiliates which, in the aggregate, does not exceed ZAR10,000,000 for the duration of this Agreement;

   
22.18.2.2

made available to the Borrower and/or M4J;


22.18.2.3

made available to the Borrower by any other member of the Group and/or any Shareholder where such loan is subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; or

   
22.18.2.4

incurred with the prior written consent of the Agent.


22.19

Auditors



64

22.19.1

Subject to clause 22.19.2 below, the Borrower shall not (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) change its auditor without the prior written consent of the Agent.

   
22.19.2

It is noted that Stein Baltsoucos and Associates is, at the Signature Date, the auditor of the Group. The Borrower shall ensure that, no later than thirty days after delivery of its annual financial statements for the period ending June 2018 in accordance with clause 20.1.1.1 (Information Undertakings), it changes its auditor to one of the firms falling within the definition of "Auditor".


22.20

Insurance


22.20.1

The Borrower shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other Obligor will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

   
22.20.2

All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.


22.21

Material Subsidiaries


22.21.1

The Borrower shall ensure that until the Discharge Date the aggregate contribution of the Guarantors represents not less than 90% of (i) the EBITDA of the Group and (ii) the Asset Value of the Group and/or (iii) gross turnover of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis.

   
22.21.2

If, at any time after the Signature Date -


22.21.2.1

it is demonstrated by reference to consolidated financial statements of the Borrower that that any investee company is a Material Subsidiary; or

   
22.21.2.2

any investee company otherwise is or becomes a Material Subsidiary,


22.21.3

then the Borrower shall promptly and in any event within ten Business Days of the delivery of those financial statements procure that any member of the Group that holds the shares, claims and/or loan accounts of that Material Subsidiary becomes an Obligor and delivers to the Agent, each document set out in Annexure B (Obligor Security).


23

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this clause 23 is an Event of Default (save for clause 23.15 (Acceleration)).



65

23.1

Non-payment

   

The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless –


23.1.1

its failure to pay is caused by –


23.1.1.1

administrative or technical error; or

   
23.1.1.2

a Disruption Event; and


23.1.2

payment is made within –


23.1.2.1

(in the case of clause 23.1.1 above) three Business Days of its due date; or

   
23.1.2.2

(in the case of clause 23.1.1.2 above) three Business Days of its due date.


23.2

Financial Covenants

   

Subject to clause 21.3 (Equity Cure), any requirement of clause 21 (Financial Covenants) is not satisfied.


23.3

Other Obligations


23.3.1

The Borrower does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clause 23.1 (Non-Payment) and clause 23.2 (Financial Covenants)).

   
23.3.2

No Event of Default under clause 23.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied ten Business Days' of the earlier of (i) the Agent giving notice to the Borrower and (ii) the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.


23.4

Misrepresentation

   

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by or on behalf of any Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

   
23.5

Cross Default


23.5.1

Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.



66

23.5.2

Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

   
23.5.3

Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

   
23.5.4

Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

   
23.5.5

No Event of Default will occur under this clause 23.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs 23.5.1 to 23.5.5 above is less than ZAR25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).


23.6

Insolvency


23.6.1

A member of the Group is or is deemed by any authority or legislation to be –


23.6.1.1

unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

   
23.6.1.2

suspends making payments on any of its debts; or

   
23.6.1.3

by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.


23.6.2

A member of the Group is or is deemed by any authority or legislation to be 'Financially Distressed' (as defined in the Companies Act).

   
23.6.3

The value of the assets of any member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent liabilities).

   
23.6.4

A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any member of the Group.


23.7

Insolvency and Business Rescue Proceedings


23.7.1

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to –


23.7.1.1

the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, administration, business rescue or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group;



67

23.7.1.2

a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

   
23.7.1.3

the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group other than the Borrower), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, business rescue practitioner or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or any of its assets; or

   
23.7.1.4

enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. This clause 23.7 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within ten days of commencement.

23.7.2

A meeting is proposed or convened by the directors of any member of the Group, a resolution is proposed or passed, application is made or an order is applied for or granted, to authorise the entry into or implementation of any business rescue proceedings (or any similar proceedings) in respect of any member of the Group or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.


23.8

Creditors' Process

   

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a member of the Group having an aggregate value of ZAR5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and is not discharged within ten days.

   
23.9

Unlawfulness

   

It is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

   
23.10

Cessation of Business

   

Any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

   
23.11

Audit Qualification

   

The auditors of the Group qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Borrower.



68

23.12

Expropriation


23.12.1

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, compulsory acquisition, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person.

   
23.12.2

By the authority of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person –


23.12.2.1

the management of any member of the Group is wholly or substantially replaced; or

   
23.12.2.2

all or a majority of the shares of a member of the Group or the whole or any part of its assets or revenues is seized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired.


23.13

Repudiation

   

Any Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

   
23.14

Material Adverse Change

   

Any event or circumstance occurs which the Lender reasonably believe has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
23.15

Acceleration

   

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Lender, by notice to the Borrower –


23.15.1

cancel all or any part of the Commitment whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

   
23.15.2

declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

   
23.15.3

declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Lender; and/or

   
23.15.4

exercise or direct the Debt Guarantor to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Security Agreements


24

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES


24.1

Cessions and Delegations by the Finance Parties



69

24.1.1

Subject to this clause 24, the Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, cede and/or delegate (a "Transfer") any or all of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and/or under any other Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a "New Lender"). The Borrower consents to any splitting of claims which may arise as a result of a Transfer permitted by this Agreement.

   
24.1.2

Other than as provided for under this Agreement and/or any other Finance Document, no other Finance Party (other than the Lender) may, without the prior written consent of the Lender cede and/or delegate any or all of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and/or under any other Finance Document.


24.2

Cessions and Delegations by the Borrower

   

The Borrower may not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, cede any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.


25

ROLE OF THE AGENT


25.1

Appointment of the Agent


25.1.1

Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

   
25.1.2

Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.


25.2

Instructions


25.2.1

The Agent shall unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Lender and not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with this clause 25.2.1.

   
25.2.2

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Lender as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.



70

25.2.3

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Lender shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

   
25.2.4

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the Lender until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

   
25.2.5

In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lender.

   
25.2.6

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of the Lender (without first obtaining the Lender's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.


25.3

Duties of the Agent


25.3.1

The Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

   
25.3.2

Subject to clause 25.3 below, the Agent shall forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party as soon as reasonably practicable after having received that original or copy document as the case may be.

   
25.3.3

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

   
25.3.4

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

   
25.3.5

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

   
25.3.6

The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no other shall be implied).



71

25.4

No Fiduciary Duties


25.4.1

Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

   
25.4.2

The Agent shall not be bound to account to the Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.


25.5

Business with the Group

   

The Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

   
25.6

Rights and Discretions of the Agent


25.6.1

The Agent may –


25.6.1.1

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

   
25.6.1.2

assume that –


25.6.1.2.1

any instructions received by it from the Lender are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

   
25.6.1.2.2

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and


25.6.1.3

rely on a certificate from any person –


25.6.1.3.1

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

   
25.6.1.3.2

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of clause 25.6.1.3.1 above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

25.6.2

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lender) that –


25.6.2.1

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 22.1 (Non-payment)); and

   
25.6.2.2

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Lender has not been exercised.



72

25.6.3

The Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

   
25.6.4

Without prejudice to the generality of clause 25.6.3 above or clause 25.6.5 below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lender) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be necessary.

   
25.6.5

The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

   
25.6.6

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents.

   
25.6.7

Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

   
25.6.8

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

   
25.6.9

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.


25.7

Responsibility for Documentation

   

The Agent is not responsible or liable for –


25.7.1

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent (in that capacity), the Borrower or any other person in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or



73

25.7.2

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or

   
25.7.3

any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.


25.8

No Duty to Monitor

   

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire –


25.8.1

whether or not any Default has occurred;

   
25.8.2

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

   
25.8.3

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.


25.9

Exclusion of Liability


25.9.1

Without limiting clause 25.9.2 below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be liable for –


25.9.1.1

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever or arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

   
25.9.1.2

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document, other than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

   
25.9.1.3

without prejudice to the generality of clauses 25.9.1.1 and 25.9.1.2 above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of –


25.9.1.3.1

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

   
25.9.1.3.2

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses,diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event), breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.



74

25.9.2

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clause 2.3 (Third party rights).

   
25.9.3

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.


25.9.4

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent to carry out –


25.9.4.1

any 'know your customer' or other checks in relation to any person – or

   
25.9.4.2

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for the Lender or for any Affiliate of the Lender,

on behalf of the Lender and the Lender confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent.

25.9.5

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent's liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.



75

25.10

Finance Parties' Indemnity to the Agent

   

Each Finance Party shall indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against, and pay to the Agent, any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to clause 28.9 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to a Finance Document).

   
25.11

Resignation of the Agent


25.11.1

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in South Africa as successor by giving notice to the Lender and the Borrower.

   
25.11.2

Alternatively, the Agent may resign by giving thirty days' notice to the Lender and the Borrower, in which case the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.

   
25.11.3

If the Lender has not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 25.11.2 above within thirty days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in South Africa).

   
25.11.4

If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under clause 25.11.3 above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this clause 25 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

   
25.11.5

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.



76

25.11.6

The Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

   
25.11.7

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under clause 25.11.5 above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this clause 25 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

   
25.11.8

After consultation with the Borrower, the Lender may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 25.11.2 above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 25.11.2 above.


25.12

Confidentiality


25.12.1

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

   
25.12.2

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.


25.13

Relationship with the Lender


25.13.1

The Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the –


25.13.1.1

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

   
25.13.1.2

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from the Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


77

25.13.2

The Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to the Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under clause 30.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by the Lender for the purposes of clause 30.2 (Addresses) and clause 30.6.3 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were the Lender.


25.14

Credit Appraisal by the Lender

   

Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, the Lender confirms to the Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to –


25.14.1

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

   
25.14.2

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

   
25.14.3

whether the Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

   
25.14.4

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.


25.15

Agent's Management Time

   

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), clause 17 (Costs and expenses) and clause 25.10 (Finance Parties' indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lender, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 12 (Fees).



78

25.16

Deduction from Amounts payable by the Agent

   

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

   
25.17

Role of Reference Banks


25.17.1

No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

   
25.17.2

No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

   
25.17.3

No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this clause 25.17 subject to clause 2.3 (Third party rights).


25.18

Third Party Reference Banks

   

A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on clause 25.17 (Role of Reference Banks), clause 34.2 (Exceptions) and clause 36 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations) subject to clause 2.3 (Third party rights).


26

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

   

No provision of this Agreement will –


26.1

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

   
26.2

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or



79

26.3

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.


27

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES


27.1

Payments to Finance Parties

   

If a Finance Party (a "Recovering Finance Party") receives or recovers any amount from the Borrower other than in accordance with clause 27 (Payment mechanics) (a "Recovered Amount") and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then –


27.1.1

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

   
27.1.2

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 28 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

   
27.1.3

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount ("Sharing Payment") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 28.5 (Partial payments).


27.2

Redistribution of Payments

   

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the Borrower and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the "Sharing Finance Parties") in accordance with clause 28.5 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of the Borrower to the Sharing Finance Parties.


27.3

Recovering Finance Party's Rights


27.3.1

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 27.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from the Borrower, as between the Borrower and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by the Borrower.

   
27.3.2

If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under clause 27.3.1 above, the Borrower shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.



80

27.4

Reversal of Redistribution

   

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then –


27.4.1

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the "Redistributed Amount"); and

   
27.4.2

as between the Borrower and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by the Borrower.


27.5

Exceptions


27.5.1

This clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the Borrower.

   
27.5.2

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if –


27.5.2.1

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

   
27.5.2.2

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.


28

PAYMENT MECHANICS


28.1

Payments to the Agent


28.1.1

On each date on which the Borrower or the Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, the Borrower or the Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) in ZAR for value by no later than 12h00 (Johannesburg time) on the due date and in such funds specified by the Agent by way of a funds flow annexure or otherwise.

   
28.1.2

Payment shall be made to such account in South Africa with such bank as the Agent specifies.


28.2

Distributions by the Agent



81

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 28.3 (Distributions to the Borrower) and clause 28.4 (Clawback and pm-funding) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank in South Africa in writing.

   
28.3

Distributions to the Borrower

   

The Agent may (with the consent of the Borrower or in accordance with clause 29 (Set- off)) apply any amount received by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

   
28.4

Clawback and Pre-Funding


28.4.1

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

   
28.4.2

Unless clause 28.4.1 applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

   
28.4.3

If the Agent has notified the Lender that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lender then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from the Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrower –


28.4.3.1

the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall on demand refund that sum to the Agent; and

   
28.4.3.2

the Lender or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrower, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from the Lender.



82

28.5

Partial Payments


28.5.1

If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents in the following order –


28.5.1.1

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents;

   
28.5.1.2

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fees, Break Costs or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

   
28.5.1.3

thirdly, in or towards payment of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

   
28.5.1.4

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.


28.5.2

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Lender, vary the order set out in clauses 28.5.1.2 to 28.5.1.4 above.

   
28.5.3

Clauses 28.5.1 and 28.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by the Borrower.


28.6

No Set-Off by Borrower

   

All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.


28.7

Business Days


28.7.1

In the event that the day for performance of any obligation to be performed in terms of any Finance Document should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant day for performance shall be the succeeding Business Day.

   
28.7.2

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.


28.8

Currency of Account


28.8.1

Subject to clauses 28.8.2 and 28.8.3 below, ZAR is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from the Borrower under any Finance Document.



83

28.8.2

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

   
28.8.3

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than ZAR shall be paid in that other currency.


28.9

Disruption to Payment Systems

   

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred –


28.9.1

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

   
28.9.2

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in clause 28.9.1 above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

   
28.9.3

the Agent shall consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in clause 28.9.1 above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

   
28.9.4

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent (acting on the instruction of the Lender) and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 34 (Amendments and waivers);

   
28.9.5

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 28.9; and

   
28.9.6

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to clause 28.9.4 above.


29

SET-OFF

   

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.



84

30

NOTICES


30.1

Communications in Writing

   

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax, email or letter.


30.2

Addresses

   

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is –


30.2.1 in the case of the Borrower –
   
  Physical address: 23/25 Commerce Crescent
     
    Kramerville
     
    2031
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: Dave Smaldon;
     
30.2.2 in the case of the Lender –
   
  Physical address: 14th Floor, 1 Merchant Place
     
    1 Fredman Drive
     
    Sandton
     
    2196
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
    xxx
     
    xxx
     
    xxx
     
  Attention: Head of Transaction Management: Investment Banking; and
     
30.2.3 in the case of the Agent –
   
  Physical address: 14th Floor, 1 Merchant Place



    1 Fredman Drive
     
    Sandton
     
  

2196   

     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: Theresa Rheeder;
     
30.2.4 in the case of the Debt Guarantor –
   
  Physical address: 3rd Floor, 200 on Main
     
    Corner of Main and Bowwood Roads
     
    Claremont
     
  

7708  

     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email Address: xxx
     
  Attention: The Managing Director,

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

30.3

Domicilia


30.3.1

Each of the Parties chooses its physical address provided under or in connection with clause 30.2 (Addresses) as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document may be served.

   
30.3.2

Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante, in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties pursuant to clause 30.4 (Delivery).


30.4

Delivery


30.4.1

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective when received by the recipient and, unless the contrary is proved, shall be deemed to be received –

   
30.4.1.1

if by way of email, be deemed to have been received on the date of transmission;



86

30.4.1.2

if by way of fax, be deemed to have been received on the first Business Day following the date of transmission provided that the fax is received in legible form;

   
30.4.1.3

if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery; and

   
30.4.1.4

if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending,

   

and if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 30.2 (Addresses) above, if addressed to that department or officer.


30.4.2

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent's address details provided under clause 30.2 (Addresses) above (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

   
30.4.3

All notices from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent.

   
30.4.4

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with clauses 30.4.1 to 30.4.1.4 above, after 17h00 in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.


30.5

Notification of Address, Email Address and Fax Number

   

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 30.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.


30.6

Electronic Communication


30.6.1

The Parties confirm that any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website).

   
30.6.2

The Parties agree that –


30.6.2.1

they will notify the other Parties in writing of any information required to enable the transmission of information by electronic means; and

   
30.6.2.2

they will notify the other Parties in writing of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.



87

30.6.3

Any electronic communication as specified in clause 30.6.1 above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

   
30.6.4

Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this clause 30.6.


30.7

English Language

   

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.


31

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES


31.1

Accounts

   

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

   
31.2

Certificates and Determinations

   

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

   
31.3

Day Count Convention

   

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).


32

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

   

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term "inoperable" in this clause 32 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.



88

33

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

   

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document or other document or other indulgence shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy otherwise affect any of that Party's rights in terms of or arising from any Finance Document or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of any Finance Document. No consent to any waiver or novation of a Party's rights in terms of or arising from any Finance Document shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

   
34

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS


34.1

Required Consents


34.1.1

Subject to clause 34.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Lender and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

   
34.1.2

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause.

   
34.1.3

No amendment or waiver contemplated by this clause 34 shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the relevant Parties.


34.2

Exceptions


34.2.1

Subject to clause 34.3 (Replacement of Screen Rate) an amendment or waiver of any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to –


34.2.1.1

this clause 34;

   
34.2.1.2

a change to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

   
34.2.1.3

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

   
34.2.1.4

an extension of the Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of tall or any portion of the Commitment reduces the Commitment of the Lender under the Facility;

   
34.2.1.5

a change to the Borrower;



89

34.2.1.6

any provision which expressly requires the consent of the Lender; and

   
34.2.1.7

the nature and scope of clause 2.3 (Finance Parties' Rights and Obligations), clause 4.1 (Purpose), clause 6.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request), clause 8.1 (Illegality), clause 8.2 (Change of Control), clause 8.13 (Restrictions), clause 14.3 (Tax Indemnity), clause 15 (Increased Costs), clause 24 (Changes to the Parties), clause 27 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), this clause 34, the governing law of any Finance Document, clause 42 (Governing Law) or clause 43 (Jurisdiction),

shall not be made without the prior consent of the Lender.

34.2.2

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent (in its capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent.


34.3

Replacement of Screen Rate

   

Subject to clause 34.2.2 (Exceptions), if the Screen Rate is not available for ZAR, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to ZAR in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Agent (on behalf of the Lender) and the Borrower.


35

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


35.1

Confidential Information

   

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clause 35.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

   
35.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information

   

Any Finance Party may disclose –


35.2.1

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and other Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this clause 35.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;



90

35.2.2

to any other person –


35.2.2.1

to (or through) whom it Transfers (or may potentially Transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent and in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

   
35.2.2.2

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation or other credit participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or the Borrower and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

   
35.2.2.3

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom clauses 35.2.2.1 or 35.2.2.2 above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf, (including, without limitation, any person appointed under clause 25.13.1.2 of clause 25.13 (Relationship with the Lender));

   
35.2.2.4

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in clause 35.2.2.1 or 35.2.2.2 above;

   
35.2.2.5

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

   
35.2.2.6

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

   
35.2.2.7

who is a Party; or

   
35.2.2.8

with the consent of the Borrower; in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if—


35.2.2.8.1

in relation to clauses 35.2.2.1, 35.2.2.2 and 35.2.2.3 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;



91

35.2.2.8.2

in relation to clause 35.2.2.4 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and

   
35.2.2.8.3

in relation to clauses 35.2.2.5, 35.2.2.6 and 35.2.2.7 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and


35.2.3

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom clause 35.2.2.1 or 35.2.2.2 above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this clause 35.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party; and

   
35.2.4

to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Borrower if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price- sensitive information.


35.3

Entire Agreement

   

This clause 35 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

   
35.4

Inside Information

   

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.



92

35.5

Notification of Disclosure

   

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower –


35.5.1

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to clause 35.2.2.5 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

   
35.5.2

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 35.


35.6

Continuing Obligations

   

The obligations in this clause 35 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of –


35.6.1

the date on which all amounts payable by the Borrower under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

   
35.6.2

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.


36

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATION


36.1

Confidentiality and Disclosure


36.1.1

The Agent and the Borrower agree to keep each Funding Rate and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clause 36.1.2, 36.1.3 and 36.1.4 below.

   
36.1.2

The Agent may disclose –


36.1.2.1

any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrower pursuant to clause 9.6 (Notification of rates of interest); and

   
36.1.2.2

any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Provider or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.



93

36.1.3

The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and the Borrower may disclose any Funding Rate, to –


36.1.3.1

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this clause 36.1.3.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

   
36.1.3.2

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information expect that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances.

   
36.1.3.3

any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigation, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

   
36.1.3.4

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.


36.1.4

The Agent's obligations in this clause 35 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under clause 9.6 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to clause 36.1.3.1 above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.



94

36.2

Related Obligations


36.2.1

The Agent and the Borrower acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including, securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and the Borrower undertake not to sue any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

   
36.2.2

The Agent and the Borrower agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be –


36.2.2.1

of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to clause 36.1.3.2 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

   
36.2.2.2

upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 36.


36.3

No Event of Default

   

No Event of Default will occur under clause 23.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of the Borrower's failure to comply with this clause 36.


37

RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS

   

The Borrower renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi, non causa debiti, non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

   
38

COUNTERPARTS

   

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

   
39

WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

   

The Borrower waives generally all immunity it or its assets or revenues may otherwise have in any jurisdiction, including immunity in respect of –



95

39.1.1

the giving of any relief by way of an interdict or order for specific performance or for the recovery of assets or revenues; and

   
39.1.2

the issue of any process against its assets or revenues for the enforcement of a judgment or, in an action in rem, for the arrest, detention or sale of any of its assets and revenues.


40

SOLE AGREEMENT

   

The Finance Documents constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

   
41

NO IMPLIED TERMS

   

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in any Finance Document in regard to the subject matter thereof.

   
42

GOVERNING LAW

   

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.

   
43

JURISDICTION


43.1

The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from the Finance Documents (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a "Dispute").

   
43.2

The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

   
43.3

Notwithstanding clause 43.1 above, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.




SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018
   
  For and on behalf of
  DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY
  LIMITED
   
   
  /s/ A. J. Dunn
  Signature
   
  A. J. Dunn
  Name of Signatory
   
  CEO
  Designation of Signatory



SIGNED at Cape Town on 07 June 2018
   
  For and on behalf of
  K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF)
  PROPRIETARY LIMITED
   
   
  /s/ Rozanne Kamalie
  Signature
   
  Rozanne Kamalie
  Name of Signatory
   
  Director
  Designation of Signatory



SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018
   
  For and on behalf of
  FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (ACTING
  THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK
  DIVISION) (as Agent)
   
   
  /s/ Robert Leon
  Signature
   
  Robert Leon
  Name of Signatory
   
  Authorised
  Designation of Signatory
   
   
   
  /s/ Jon Chowthee
  Signature
   
  Jon Chowthee
  Name of Signatory
   
  Authorised
  Designation of Signatory



SIGNED at SANDTON on 28 June 2018
   
  For and on behalf of
  FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (ACTING
  THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK
  DIVISION) (as Lender)
   
   
  /s/ Robert Leon
  Signature
   
  Robert Leon
  Name of Signatory
   
  Authorised
  Designation of Signatory
   
   
   
  /s/ Jon Chowthee
  Signature
   
  Jon Chowthee
  Name of Signatory
   
  Authorised
  Designation of Signatory


Annexure A

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

1

BORROWER


1.1

A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Original Guarantor.

   
1.2

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower, the Debt Guarantor, M4J, each member of the Consortium and each Original Guarantor –


1.2.1

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

   
1.2.2

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

   
1.2.3

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.


1.3

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

   
1.4

A copy of a resolution duly passed by the holders of the issued shares of the Borrower, M4J, each member of the Consortium, the Debt Guarantor and each Original Guarantor (to the extent applicable) authorising it, inter alia, for all purposes required under sections 44 and/or 45, to provide the "financial assistance" that may arise as a result of its entry into the Finance Documents to which it is a party.


2

OPINIONS

   

Legal opinion by legal counsel appointed by –


2.1

the Lender, in respect of the legality, validity and enforceability of the Finance Documents in the jurisdiction to which they are subject; and

   
2.2

the Borrower, in respect of the capacity and authority of the Obligors under South African law to enter into and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.


3

OTHER DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE


3.1

A disclosure schedule in relation to the Group setting out existing indebtedness, encumbrances, litigation (including environmental actual and anticipated claims), industrial action, and other necessary disclosures.




3.2

Evidence to the satisfaction of the Agent that all Insurances are in place and are on risk.

   
3.3

A copy of any other Authorisation, approval or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the legality, validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

   
3.4

Evidence to the satisfaction of the Agent that all amounts owing to the Lender under the agreement entitled "Intraday Bridge Loan Facility Agreement" concluded between the Lender, AJD and Richmark have been settled in full.


4

FINANCE DOCUMENTS

   

Each duly executed –


4.1

Finance Document save for the Finance documents contemplated in accordance with the provisions of clause 22.21 (Material Subsidiaries); and

   
4.2

Security Structure Document.


5

SECURITY

   

To the extent that any assets in respect of which Security is, in terms of the Finance Documents, required to be given in favour of the Debt Guarantor, is subject to a security interest in favour of another person ("Encumbered Asset"), evidence to the satisfaction of the Lender that the Encumbered Assets have been or will be released.

   
6

CREDIT APPROVAL

   

The Lender has received all internal approvals other than credit approval in respect of the Commitment to enter into and perform its obligations under and in terms of each Finance Documents.

   
7

KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS

   

Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Finance Parties to carry out and be satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001) pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

   
8

CONFIRMATIONS

   

A certificate of the Borrower and each Original Guarantor, duly signed by a director confirming that, as at the Fulfilment Date -




8.1

no Material Adverse Change has occurred since the Signature Date;

   
8.2

no Event of Default has occurred and no Default has occurred and is continuing since the Signature Date; and

   
8.3

the representations and warranties in the Agreement are true in all material respects.



Annexure B

OBLIGOR SECURITY

1

OBLIGORS


1.1

A copy of the constitutional documents of the Obligors (other than the Borrower and Original Guarantors).

   
1.2

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Obligors (other than the Borrower and the Original Guarantors) –


1.2.1

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

   
1.2.2

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

   
1.2.3

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.


1.3

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

   
1.4

A copy of a resolution duly passed by the holders of the issued shares of each Obligor (to the extent applicable) authorising it, inter alia, for all purposes required under sections 44 and/or 45, to provide the "financial assistance" that may arise as a result of its entry into the Finance Documents to which it is a party.


2

OPINIONS

   

Legal opinion by legal counsel appointed by –


2.1

the Lender, in respect of the legality, validity and enforceability of the Finance Documents to which each Obligor (other than the Borrower and the Original Guarantor) is party, in the jurisdiction to which they are subject; and

   
2.2

the Borrower, in respect of the capacity and authority of each Obligor (other than the Borrower and the Original Guarantor) under South African law to enter into and perform its obligations under the applicable Finance Documents.




3

OTHER DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE


3.1

Evidence to the satisfaction of the Agent that all documents and evidence require to be delivered under the Security Documents by any applicable Obligor have been delivered in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

   
3.2

A copy of any other Authorisation, approval or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the legality, validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.


4

FINANCE DOCUMENTS

   

Each duly executed Finance Document by each applicable Obligor in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

   
5

KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS

   

Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Finance Parties to carry out and be satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001) pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

   
6

CONFIRMATIONS

   

A certificate of the applicable Obligors, duly signed by a Director of that Obligor confirming that, as at the date of satisfaction of the conditions subsequent –


6.1

no Material Adverse Change has occurred since the Signature Date;

   
6.2

no Event of Default has occurred and no Default has occurred and is continuing since the Signature Date; and

   
6.3

the representations and warranties in the Agreement are true in all material respects.



Annexure C

FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST

From DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited

To             FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) (as Agent)

Dated [ • ]

Dear Sirs

DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED – REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED [ • ] ("AGREEMENT")

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

   
2

We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms –


Proposed Utilisation Date: [ • ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next
  Business Day)
   
Amount: ZAR[ • ] or, if less, the Available Facility

3

We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

   
4

In accordance with the requirements of clause 5.1.3 of the Agreement, we attach hereto a Compliance Certificate.

   
5

The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to the following bank account –


Bank: [ ]
   
Account name: [ ]
   
Account number: [ ]
   
Branch code: [ ]
   
Reference: [ ]

5.

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

___________________________
authorised signatory for:
DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited


Annexure D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To           FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent From DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited

Dated [ • ]

Dear Sirs

DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED – REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED [ ] ("AGREEMENT")

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

   
2

This Compliance Certificate is in respect of [insert measurement date] ("Measurement Date"), pursuant to clause [ • ] of the Agreement.

   
3

We confirm that in respect of the Measurement Date –


As Calculated Covenant Compliance
(Yes/No)
Net Senior Debt to
EBITDA
Net Senior Interest to
EBITDA
Gross Senior Debt to
EBITDA Ratio

     
authorised signatory for:   authorised signatory for:
[ • ]   [ • ]
Director of DNI-4PL Contracts   Director of DNI-4PL Contracts
Proprietary Limited   Proprietary Limited
     
[insert applicable  

certification language]



Annexure E

FORM OF IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF UNDERTAKING

To:        FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent

Date [ • ]

Dear Sirs

1

We refer to the revolving facility agreement dated [ ] between, inter alios, DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited ("Borrower") and the Agent pursuant to which, inter alia, the Facility (as defined therein) is made available to the Borrower ("Facility Agreement").

   
2

Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement, unless expressly defined in this letter, have the same meaning in this letter.

   
3

M4Jam Proprietary Limited (the "Company") confirms that its directors have been provided with a draft of the Facility Agreement.

   
4

The Company hereby irrevocably undertakes in favour of the Lender to –


4.1

ensure that the Borrower –


4.1.1

continues to control the dividend policy adopted and implemented by Company;

   
4.1.2

remains the treasury company within the Group;


4.2

pay all cash balances in excess of ZAR[ ] held by the Company as a Distribution to the Borrower on a weekly basis;

   
4.3

except as permitted under clause [20.18] of the Facility Agreement, not be a debtor of the Borrower in respect of any Financial Indebtedness;

   
4.4

except as permitted under clause [20.20] of the Facility Agreement, not incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness;

   
4.5

not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets without the prior written consent of the Agent.


5

No variation or amendment hereof shall be valid unless in writing.

   
6

The undertakings given in this undertaking shall be governed by the law of South Africa.

Yours faithfully

_____________________________________________
For and on behalf of:
M4Jam Proprietary Limited


Annexure F

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE




Exhibit 10.90
 
 
 
 
 
SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
 
 
between
 
 
THE PARTIES LISTED IN ANNEXURE A
 
 
and
 
 
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED
 
(ACTING THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK DIVISION)
 
(as Lender and Agent)
 
 
and
 
 
K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Debt Guarantor)
 
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PARTIES 1
     
2 INTERPRETATION 1
     
3 INTRODUCTION 5
     
4 SUBORDINATION 5
     
5 TURNOVER ON INSOLVENCY 8
     
6 SUBORDINATING PARTIES' WARRANTIES 9
     
7 ADDITIONAL SUBORDINATING PARTIES 10
     
8 DURATION 11
     
9 CESSION 11
     
10 NOTICES AND DOMICILIA 12
     
11 SUPPORT 14
     
12 CALCULATION AND CERTIFICATES 14
     
13 PARTIAL INVALIDITY 15
     
14 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 15
     
15 AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND EXTENSIONS 15
     
16 RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS 16
     
17 COUNTERPARTS 16
     
18 WAIVER OF IMMUNITY 16
     
19 SOLE AGREEMENT 16
     
20 NO IMPLIED TERMS 16
     
21 INDEPENDENT ADVICE 16
     
22 GOVERNING LAW 17


3

23 JURISDICTION 17

ANNEXURES

Annexure A Original Subordinating Parties
   
Annexure B Form Of Accession Undertaking


1

1

PARTIES


1.1

The Parties to this Agreement are –


1.1.1

the Parties listed in Annexure A (the "Original Subordinating Parties" and each an "Original Subordinating Party");

   
1.1.2

K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, registration number 2018/318388/07 (as "Debt Guarantor"); and

   
1.1.3

FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank Division), registration number 1929/001225/06 ("Agent") as Lender and Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties.


1.2

The Parties agree as set out below.


2

INTERPRETATION


2.1

Definitions

   

In this Agreement, including the recitals, capitalised terms used but not defined below shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) and the following expressions shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the meanings assigned to them hereunder –


2.1.1

"Accession Undertaking" means an Accession Undertaking substantially in the form of Annexure B (Form of Accession Undertaking) hereto;

   
2.1.2

"Additional Subordinating Parties" means any party who accedes to this Agreement as a Subordinating Parties by, inter alia, completion of an Accession Undertaking, on such terms and conditions as the Debt Guarantor may prescribe from time to time;

   
2.1.3

"Agreement" means the subordination agreement as set out in this document including all annexures hereto;

   
2.1.4

"Borrower" means DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, registration number 2005/040937/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;



2

2.1.5

"Encumbrance" means –


2.1.5.1

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment or cession conferring security, hypothecation, security interest, preferential right or trust arrangement or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any person;

   
2.1.5.2

any arrangement under which money or claims to, or for the benefit of, a bank or other account may be applied, set off or made subject to a combination of accounts so as to effect discharge of any sum owed or payable to any person other than a cash management system operated, for any Subordinating Party, by any registered bank; and

   
2.1.5.3

any other type of preferential agreement or arrangement (including any type of transfer and retention arrangement), the effect of which is the creation of security,

   

and "Encumber" shall be construed accordingly;


2.1.6

"Enforcement Action" means –


2.1.6.1

the acceleration of any Subordinated Claim or any declaration that any Subordinated Claim is due and payable or payable on demand;

   
2.1.6.2

the making of any claim on any Obligor or other Subordinating Party in respect of or arising from any Subordinated Claim (including, without limitation, any claim in relation to the payment (whether directly or indirectly) of any amount payable (whether it be in whole or in part) by any Obligor or other Subordinating Party to any Subordinating Party in respect of or arising from any Subordinated Claim) including the giving of instructions to any Obligor or other Subordinating Party in relation to the taking of any steps to enforce or require the enforcement of any Subordinated Claim (including the taking of any steps which are required to convert security interests into real security);

   
2.1.6.3

the making of any demand against any Obligor or other Subordinating Party in relation to any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of any Subordinated Claim or exercising any right to require any Obligor or other Subordinating Party to acquire any Subordinated Claim;

   
2.1.6.4

the exercise of any right of set-off against any Obligor or other Subordinating Party in respect of any Subordinated Claim;

   
2.1.6.5

the suing for, commencing or joining of any legal or arbitration proceedings against any Obligor or other Subordinating Party to recover any Subordinated Claim or the obtaining or enforcing of any judgment against such Obligor or other Subordinating Party arising from or in connection with any Subordinated Claim;



3

2.1.6.6

the entering into of any composition, assignment or arrangement (for the deferral or reduction of any indebtedness) with any Obligor or other Subordinating Party;

   
2.1.6.7

the calling of any default or event of default or any redemption event (or any analogous step or analogous event howsoever described) in relation to any Subordinated Claim; or

   
2.1.6.8

the petitioning, applying or voting for, or the taking of any steps (including the appointment of any liquidator, receiver, business rescue practitioner, administrator or similar officer) in relation, to the winding up, dissolution, bankruptcy, administration, placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings or reorganisation of any Obligor or other Subordinating Party or any suspension of payments or moratorium of any indebtedness of any Obligor or other Subordinating Party, or any analogous procedure or step in any jurisdiction;


2.1.7

"Facility Agreement" means the agreement concluded on or about the Signature Date between, amongst others, the Agent (as lender and agent) and the Borrower pursuant to which the Lender makes a revolving credit facility available to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein;

   
2.1.8

"Parties" means the parties to this Agreement from time to time, and "Party" means any or each of them, as the context may require;

   
2.1.9

"Permitted Payment" means a payment or other Distribution (including a fee or commission) by a Subordinating Party to the order, or otherwise for the benefit of, another Subordinating Party or an Obligor which is expressly permitted under the Facility Agreement, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

   
2.1.10

"Related Creditor" means in respect of any Subordinating Party, each of its Affiliates or any of its Affiliate’s shareholders;

   
2.1.11

"Related Debtor" means in respect of any Subordinating Party, each of its Affiliates or any of its Affiliate’s shareholders;

   
2.1.12

"Signature Date" means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

   
2.1.13

"South Africa" means the Republic of South Africa;



4

2.1.14

"Subordinated Claims" means, in respect of the Subordinating Parties, all and any claims of whatsoever nature (whether in respect of principal, interest or otherwise and whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly and severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) which that Subordinating Parties may now, or in the future, have or acquire against the Borrower or any other Obligor, and "Subordinated Claim" means each or any one of them, as the context requires;

   
2.1.15

"Subordinating Parties" means –


2.1.15.1

the Original Subordinating Parties; and

   
2.1.15.2

the Additional Subordinating Parties,

   

and "Subordinating Party" means each or any one of them, as the context may require; and


2.1.16

"ZAR" means South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa.


2.2

Construction


2.2.1

The provisions of clauses 2.2 (Construction) and 2.3 (Third Party Rights) of the Facility Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into and apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement, except that any reference in those clauses to the Facility Agreement is to be construed as a reference to this Agreement.

   
2.2.2

This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Facility Agreement and in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Facility Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

   
2.2.3

If any amount paid to the Debt Guarantor under a Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation, business rescue or administration of the payer or otherwise, then that amount will not be considered to have been irrevocably discharged for the purposes of this Agreement.


2.3

Finance Parties' Rights and Obligations


2.3.1

The obligations of the Finance Parties under this Agreement are separate and independent. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement does not affect the obligations of any other Finance Party under this Agreement. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under this Agreement.



5

2.3.2

The rights of the Finance Parties under or in connection with this Agreement are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under this Agreement to a Finance Party from the Borrower shall be a separate and independent debt.


3

INTRODUCTION


3.1

The Borrower, the Lender and the Debt Guarantor have entered into or will enter into the Facility Agreement.

   
3.2

The Subordinating Parties have agreed to subordinate the Subordinated Claims in favour of the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents, all on the terms and conditions contained herein.

   
3.3

The Parties wish to record in writing their agreement in respect of the above and matters ancillary thereto.


4

SUBORDINATION


4.1

Each Subordinating Party hereby, with effect from –


4.1.1

in respect of the Original Subordinating Parties, the Signature Date; and

   
4.1.2

in respect of each Additional Subordinating Party, the date of the relevant Accession Undertaking,

   

irrevocably and unconditionally subordinates its Subordinated Claims in favour of any claim of the Finance Parties against the Obligors or other Subordinating Parties under the Finance Documents, which subordination the Finance Parties hereby accept.


4.2

Subordinating Parties as creditors


4.2.1

For so long as this Agreement is in effect no Subordinating Party shall –


4.2.1.1

demand or receive payment of, or any Distribution in respect or on account of, any Subordinated Claim, whether in cash or in kind from any source;

   
4.2.1.2

allow any Subordinated Claim to be discharged;

   
4.2.1.3

take any Enforcement Action;

   
4.2.1.4

allow to exist or receive the benefit of any Security, guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of the Subordinated Claims;



6

4.2.1.5

allow any Subordinated Claim to be evidenced by a negotiable instrument;

   
4.2.1.6

allow any Subordinated Claim to be subordinated to any person otherwise than in accordance with this Agreement;

   
4.2.1.7

subject to clause 4.2.3, initiate or support or take any steps with a view to applying for the appointment of a liquidator, trustee, curator, business rescue practitioner or similar officer;

   
4.2.1.8

pledge, assign, cede or otherwise encumber or transfer the Subordinated Claims to any person;

   
4.2.1.9

take or omit to take any action which might impair the priority or subordination achieved or intended to be achieved by this Agreement;

   
4.2.1.10

if any Obligor or other Subordinating Party is placed in liquidation (whether provisional or final), is sequestrated or is placed into business rescue proceedings (whether provisional or final), or effects a composition, compromise, or rescheduling with any of their creditors or if a proposal and sanction of a scheme of arrangement in respect of any Obligor or other Subordinating Party occurs, then in respect of any claim they may have in respect of a Subordinated Claim, prove that claim without the prior written consent of the Agent; or

   
4.2.1.11

allow any Related Creditor (who is not a party to this Agreement), to become the holder of any Subordinated Claim or provide any form of indebtedness until that person has become bound by the provisions of this Agreement, as an Additional Subordinating Party, by executing an Accession Undertaking and delivering it to the Agent.


4.2.2

Clauses 4.2.1.1 to 4.2.1.11 above shall not apply in respect of –


4.2.2.1

a Permitted Payment; and

   
4.2.2.2

any action taken with the prior written consent of the Agent.


4.2.3

Each Subordinating Party agrees and undertakes that, in the event that business rescue proceedings have commenced in relation to any other Subordinating Party or Obligor, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6 of the Companies Act, it shall exercise any voting rights it may have in respect of such other Subordinating Party or Obligor strictly in accordance with the instructions of the Agent and that it shall not (unless instructed to do so by the Agent), to the extent permissible under applicable law -



7

4.2.3.1

vote to approve or oppose a proposed business rescue plan in relation to such business rescue proceedings in the manner contemplated in section 152(3)(c) of the Companies Act;

   
4.2.3.2

provide, or call for, a vote of approval for the preparation and publication of a revised business rescue plan as contemplated in section 153(1) of the Companies Act; or

   
4.2.3.3

make a binding offer to purchase the voting interests of one or more persons who opposed adoption of the business rescue plan in the manner contemplated in section 153(1)(b)(ii) of the Companies Act.


4.3

Subordinated Parties as debtors


4.3.1

For so long as this Agreement is in effect no Subordinating Party shall –


4.3.1.1

ensure that the Subordinated Claims of the Borrower rank in priority to all the claims of its other creditors;

   
4.3.1.2

pay or repay or make any Distribution in respect of, any Subordinated Claim whether in cash or kind from any source;

   
4.3.1.3

allow any Subordinated Claim to be discharged;

   
4.3.1.4

take any Enforcement Action;

   
4.3.1.5

allow to exist the benefit of any Security, guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of any Subordinated Claim;

   
4.3.1.6

allow any Subordinated Claim to be evidenced by a negotiable instrument;

   
4.3.1.7

allow any Subordinated Claim to be subordinated to any person other than in accordance with this Agreement;

   
4.3.1.8

initiate or support or take any steps with a view to applying for the appointment of a liquidator, trustee, curator, business rescue practitioner or similar officer;

   
4.3.1.9

take or omit to take any action which might impair the priority or subordination achieved or intended to be achieved by this Agreement; or

   
4.3.1.10

allow any Related Debtor (who is not a party to this Agreement), to become the holder of any Subordinated Claim or receive any form of indebtedness until that person has become bound by the provisions of this Agreement, as an Additional Subordinating Party, by executing an Accession Undertaking and delivering it to the Agent.



8

4.3.2

Clauses 4.3.1.1 to 4.3.1.10 above shall not apply in respect of –


4.3.2.1

a Permitted Payment; and

   
4.3.2.2

any action taken with the prior written consent of the Agent.


4.4

Non-competition

   

Except as permitted under clause 5 (Turnover on Insolvency), until the Discharge Date or until the Agent otherwise directs, a Subordinating Party will not under any circumstance –


4.4.1

be entitled to any cession of action or otherwise be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable by the Agent (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) or be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity in respect of any payment made or moneys received on account of a Subordinating Party’s liability under this Agreement;

   
4.4.2

claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor of any person or estate in competition with the Agent (or any trustee or other agent on its behalf); or

   
4.4.3

receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from or on account of any person in respect of a Subordinated Claim other than a Permitted Payment.


5

TURNOVER ON INSOLVENCY


5.1

If the Agent consents to a Subordinating Party taking any of the actions detailed in clause 4.2.1.10 (Subordinated Parties as Creditors) or if the Subordinating Party would otherwise lose their claim permanently (provided that they have given the Agent not less than five Business Days express prior written notice), that Subordinating Party shall be entitled to prove their claim and must –


5.1.1

direct the trustee in bankruptcy, liquidator or other person distributing the assets of an Obligor or other Subordinating Party or their proceeds, to pay all payments and distributions on the Subordinated Claim directly to the Agent until the Facility Outstandings have been paid in full;

   
5.1.2

upon demand by the Agent, immediately pay and transfer to the Agent all payments and distributions received for application against the Facility Outstandings; and



9

5.1.3

give any notice and do anything which the Agent may direct to give effect to this clause 5.


5.2

Each Subordinating Party undertakes that if the Agent consents to a Subordinating Party taking any of the actions detailed in clause 4.2.1.10 (Subordinated Parties as Creditors) or if the Subordinating Party would otherwise lose their claim permanently, they shall, subject to any Applicable Law, receive and hold all payments and Distributions in cash or in kind received or receivable by them or on their behalf in respect of the Subordinated Claim for the benefit of the Agent, and deposit all such amounts received in cash into such bank account as the Agent may direct in writing.

   
5.3

Non-permitted payment


5.3.1

If a Subordinating Party –


5.3.1.1

receives a payment or Distribution in respect of any of the Subordinated Claim from an Obligor or another Subordinating Party or any other source, other than as expressly allowed under this Agreement; or

   
5.3.1.2

receives the proceeds of any enforcement of Security or any guarantee or other assurance against financial loss for any Subordinated Claim,


that Subordinating Party must receive and hold the amount received by them for the benefit of the Agent and, within two Business Days, deposit such amount into such bank account as the Agent may direct in writing.

   
5.3.2

Following the Discharge Date, the Agent shall pay to the relevant Obligor any amount in excess of the Facility Outstandings held in terms of clause 5.3.1


6

SUBORDINATING PARTIES' WARRANTIES


6.1

In addition to any warranties given elsewhere in this Agreement and/or any other Finance Document, each Subordinating Party gives the warranties contained in this clause 6 to the Finance Parties. Each such warranty –


6.1.1

is a separate and distinct warranty;

   
6.1.2

is material;

   
6.1.3

has induced the Finance Parties to enter into this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and

   
6.1.4

is given, save where otherwise indicated, as at the Signature Date, and shall be deemed to have been repeated on each day between the Signature Date and the Discharge Date.



10

6.2

Each Subordinating Party undertakes and makes the representations and warranties set out in this clause 6.2 to the Finance Parties, to the extent that such representations and warranties are applicable to it –


6.2.1

it is a limited liability company, validly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa and will maintain its corporate existence;

   
6.2.2

it has the power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the entry into and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with its terms;

   
6.2.3

it is not prohibited in terms of its statutory documentation or otherwise from entering into this Agreement;

   
6.2.4

the entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with –


6.2.4.1

any law or regulation or any official or judicial order applicable to it, as they exist as at the Signature Date;

   
6.2.4.2

its constitutional documents; or

   
6.2.4.3

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets; and


6.2.5

all authorisations required –


6.2.5.1

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under this Agreement and to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under this Agreement are legal, valid, binding and enforceable; and

   
6.2.5.2

to make this Agreement admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

7

ADDITIONAL SUBORDINATING PARTIES


7.1

In the event that any Subordinating Party Disposes of any Subordinated Claims held by it, that Subordinating Party shall procure that the acquirer of such Subordinated Claims shall, within three Business Days of such Disposal becoming unconditional, deliver an Accession Undertaking to the Agent in terms of which the acquirer accedes to and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as a Subordinating Party with effect from on the date on which the Disposal becomes unconditional and that Subordinating Party shall, if it sells all (and not only part) of its Subordinated Claims, accordingly be released from its obligations under this Agreement.



11

7.2

The Original Subordinating Parties shall procure that a person who acquires a Material Investment after the CP Fulfilment Date shall accede and become bound as an Additional Subordinating Party under this Agreement on the date of the Accession Undertaking executed by it.


8

DURATION

   

This Agreement and the subordination created pursuant to this Agreement shall –


8.1

come into full force and effect on the on the Signature Date without any further action, consent or authority required from any person;

   
8.2

unless expressly otherwise agreed by the Agent in writing, not terminate before the Discharge Date; and

   
8.3

remain of full force and effect, notwithstanding any intermediate discharge or settlement of, or temporary fluctuation in, the Facility Outstandings.


9

CESSION


9.1

Each Finance Party shall be entitled to cede and/or delegate all or any portion of its rights and/or obligations pursuant to this Agreement to any person to which it cedes and/or delegates its rights and obligations under the other Finance Documents. To the extent that such cession amounts to or results in a splitting of claims against the Subordinating Parties (or any one of them) each Subordinating Party hereby consents thereto.

   
9.2

Each of the Parties agree to promptly execute and do all such acts as may be reasonably required of them to perfect any cession and/or delegation effected or intended to be effected in terms of clause 9.1 above, and shall in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the aforegoing) execute all transfers, cessions and/or delegations of the ceded and delegated rights and obligations and give all notices which may be expedient or necessary for the purpose of perfecting a cession and/or delegation in terms of clause 9.1 above.

   
9.3

No Subordinating Party shall in any manner whatsoever Dispose or pass Security over all or any of its rights, benefits, interests and/or obligations under this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the Agent.



12

9.4

Neither this Agreement nor any part, share or interest herein nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be ceded, delegated or assigned by any Subordinating Party without the prior written consent of the Agent.


10

NOTICES AND DOMICILIA


10.1

Communications in writing

   

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by email or letter.

   
10.2

Addresses

   

The address and email address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement is –


10.2.1

in the case of the Debt Guarantor –


  Physical address: 3rd Floor, 200 on Main
     
    Corner of Main and Bowwood Roads
     
    Claremont
     
    7708
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email Address: xxx
     
  Attention: Managing Director;

10.2.2

in the case of the Agent –


  Physical address: 14th Floor, 1 Merchant Place
     
    1 Fredman Drive
     
    Sandton  
     
    2196
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: Theresa Rheeder; and

10.2.3

in the case of each Original Subordinating Party, that set out opposite its name in Annexure A (The Original Subordinating Parties), or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.



13

10.3

Domicilia


10.3.1

Each of the Parties chooses its physical address provided under or in connection with clause 10.2 as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with this Agreement may be served.

   
10.3.2

Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante, in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties pursuant to clause 10.4.


10.4

Delivery


10.4.1

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with this Agreement will –


10.4.1.1

if by way of email, be deemed to have been received on the date of transmission;

   
10.4.1.2

if by way of fax, be deemed to have been received on the first Business Day following the date of transmission provided that the fax is received in legible form;

   
10.4.1.3

if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery; and

   

if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending


and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 10.2 (Addresses) above, if addressed to that department or officer.

   
10.4.2

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Finance Party will be effective only when actually received by that Finance Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified under clause 10.2 (Addresses) above (or any substitute department or officer as that Finance Party shall specify for this purpose).

   
10.4.3

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with clauses 10.4.1.1 to 10.4.1.3 above, after 17h00 in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.



14

10.5

Electronic Communication


10.5.1

The Parties confirm that any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website).

   
10.5.2

The Parties agree that –


10.5.2.1

they will notify the other Parties in writing of any information required to enable the transmission of information by electronic means; and

   
10.5.2.2

they will notify the other Parties in writing of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.


10.5.3

Any electronic communication as specified in clause 10.5.1 above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

   
10.5.4

Any reference in this Agreement to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this clause 10.5.


10.6

English Language

   

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.


11

SUPPORT

   

Each Subordinating Party undertakes to the Finance Parties that it shall forthwith on receipt of written request by the Agent do all such things, perform all such actions and take all such steps and procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and the taking of all such steps as may be open to it and necessary for or incidental to the putting into effect or maintenance of the terms, conditions and/or import of this Agreement as the Agent may reasonably request.


12

CALCULATION AND CERTIFICATES


12.1

Accounts

   
 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Finance Parties are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.



15

12.2

Certificates and Determinations

   

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

   
12.3

Day Count Convention

   

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).


13

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

   

If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term "inoperable" in this clause 12 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.

   
14

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

   

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Debt Guarantor, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

   
15

AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND EXTENSIONS


15.1

Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Agent and the Cedent and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

   
15.2

No amendment or waiver contemplated by this clause 15 shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the relevant Parties.

   
15.3

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder or enforcement of any right arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party shall under any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party's rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of this Agreement.



16

16

RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS

   

Each Subordinating Party renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi, non causa debiti, non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

   
17

COUNTERPARTS

   

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

   
18

WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

   

Each Subordinating Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

   
19

SOLE AGREEMENT

   

This Agreement constitutes the sole record of the agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter thereof.

   
20

NO IMPLIED TERMS

   

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in any Finance Document in regard to the subject matter thereof.

   
21

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

   

Each Subordinating Party acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all the provisions of the Finance Documents and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, each Subordinating Party acknowledges that all the provisions of each Finance Document to which it is a party and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with the Finance Documents.



17

22

GOVERNING LAW

   

This Agreement is governed by South African law.

   
23

JURISDICTION


23.1

The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Division, (Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement).

   
23.2

The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes in relation to this Agreement and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.



SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
DNI-4PL CONTRACTS
PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ A. J. Dunn
 
Signature
 
A. J. Dunn
 
Name of Signatory
 
CEO
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF)
PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ Rozanne Kamalie
 
Signature
 
Rozanne Kamalie
 
Name of Signatory
 
Director
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
RICHMARK HOLDINGS
PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ A. J. Dunn
 
Signature
 
A. J. Dunn
 
Name of Signatory
 
CEO
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
M4JAM PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ D. A. Smaldon
 
Signature
 
D. A. Smaldon
 
Name of Signatory
 
Director
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
DNI RETAIL PROPRIETARY
LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ D. A. Smaldon
 
Signature
 
D. A. Smaldon
 
Name of Signatory
 
Director
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
INTERNATIONAL TOWER
CORPORATION PROPRIETARY
LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ D. A. Smaldon
 
Signature
 
D. A. Smaldon
 
Name of Signatory
 
Director
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
THE STARTERPACK COMPANY
PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ D. A. Smaldon
 
Signature
 
D. A. Smaldon
 
Name of Signatory
 
Director
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
AJD HOLDINGS PROPRIETARY
LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ A. J. Dunn
 
Signature
 
A. J. Dunn
 
Name of Signatory
 
Director
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED
(ACTING THROUGH ITS RAND
MERCHANT BANK DIVISION) (as
Agent)
 
 
 
/s/ Robert Leon
 
Signature
 
Robert Leon
 
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
 
Designation of Signatory
 
 
 
/s/ Jon Chowthee
 
Signature
 
Jon Chowthee
 
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
 
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at SANDTON on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
 
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED
(ACTING THROUGH ITS RAND
MERCHANT BANK DIVISION) (as
Lender)
 
 
 
/s/ Robert Leon
 
Signature
 
Robert Leon
 
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
 
Designation of Signatory
 
 
 
/s/ Jon Chowthee
 
Signature
 
Jon Chowthee
 
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
 
Designation of Signatory


Annexure A

ORIGINAL SUBORDINATING PARTIES

  NAME REGISTRATION ADDRESSES
    NUMBER  
       
1 DNI 4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited 2005/040937/07 Physical address: 23/25 Commerce Crescent, Kramerville, 2031
       
      Fax number: xxx
       
      Email address: xxx
       
      Attention: Dave Smaldon
       
2 DNI Retail Proprietary Limited 2002/014708/07 Physical address: 25 Commerce Crescent, Kramerville, Sandton, 2090
       
      Email address: xxx / xxx
       
      Attention: The Directors
       
3 International Tower Corporation Proprietary Limited 2015/421641/07 Physical address: 25 Commerce Crescent, Kramerville, Sandton, 2090
       
      Fax number: xxx
       
      Email address: xxx
       
      Attention: The Directors
       
4 The Starterpack Company Proprietary Limited 2007/010809/07 Physical address: No. 4 Monza Close, Kyalami Business Park
       
      Email address: xxx / xxx
       
      Attention: The Directors



5 M4Jam Proprietary Limited 2003/011766/07 Physical address: 25 Commerce Crescent, Kramerville, Sandton, 2090
       
      Email address: xxx
       
      Attention: The Directors
       
6 AJD Holdings Proprietary Limited 1975/004328/07 Physical address: 5th Floor, 6 Benmore Road, Sandton, 2196
       
      Email address: xxx
       
      Attention: Andrew Dunn
       
7 Richmark Holdings Proprietary Limited 2000/013818/07 Physical address: 5th Floor, 6 Benmore Road, Sandton, 2196
       
      Email address: xxx
       
      Attention: Andrew Dunn


Annexure B

FORM OF ACCESSION UNDERTAKING

To:

FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties

   
  14th Floor, 1 Merchant Place
   
  1 Fredman Drive
   
  Sandton
   
  2196
   
Email: []
   
From: [] Proprietary Limited ("Company")
   
  []
   
Email: []
   
And: DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited
   
  []
   
Email: []
   
Date: []

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED [] 2018 (the "AGREEMENT")

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Undertaking.

   
2

Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Undertaking unless given a different meaning herein.

   
3

The Company agrees, with effect from the date of this Accession Undertaking, to become an Additional Subordinating Party and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Subordinating Party.

   
4

With effect from the date of this Accession Undertaking the Agreement will be read and construed for all purposes as if the Additional Subordinating Party has been an original party in the capacity as Original Subordinating Party.

   
5

The Company is a private company duly incorporated under the laws of [].

   
6

The Company's administrative details are as follows –


  Address: []
     
  Fax No: []



  Email Address: []

  Attention: []

7

This Accession Undertaking is a Finance Document.

   
8

This Accession Undertaking may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Accession Undertaking.

   
9

This Accession Undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.


     
     
     
For and on behalf of   For and on behalf of
     
DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY   [INSERT ACCEDING PARTY]
LIMITED    
    who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto    



Exhibit 10.91

SHAREHOLDER GUARANTEE, CESSION AND
PLEDGE AGREEMENT

between

AJD HOLDINGS PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

RICHMARK HOLDINGS PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Borrower)

and

K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Debt Guarantor)

and

FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED
(ACTING THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK DIVISION)
(as Agent)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PARTIES 1
2 INTERPRETATION 1
3 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY 4
4 CESSION IN SECURITY AND PLEDGE 8
5 DURATION 10
6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE CEDENTS 10
7 UNDERTAKINGS BY THE CEDENTS 14
8 DIVIDENDS, VOTING AND CEDED RIGHTS 16
9 CONTINUING COVERING SECURITY 17
10 PERFECTION AND DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS 17
11 BORROWER AS A PARTY 18
12 RIGHTS OF THE CEDENTS BEFORE AN EVENT OF DEFAULT 18
13 ENFORCEMENT 19
14 APPROPRIATION OF PROCEEDS 21
15 POWER OF ATTORNEY 22
16 FURTHER ASSURANCES 22
17 ADDITIONAL RIGHTS 22
18 WAIVER AND INDEMNITY 22
19 CEDENTS BOUND NOTWITHSTANDING CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES 23
20 KEEPING, INSPECTION AND DELIVERY OF RECORDS 24
21 EXEMPTION FROM LIABILITY 24
22 CHANGES TO THE PARTIES 24
23 SEVERABILITY 25
24 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE 25
25 MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS 25
26 NOTICES 26
27 CALCULATION AND CERTIFICATES 29
28 PARTIAL INVALIDITY 29
29 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 30
30 AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND EXTENSIONS 30
31 RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS 30
32 COUNTERPARTS 30
33 WAIVER OF IMMUNITY 30
34 SOLE AGREEMENT 30
35 NO IMPLIED TERMS 31
36 INDEPENDENT ADVICE 31
37 GOVERNING LAW 31
38 JURISDICTION 31


3

ANNEXURES

Annexure A FORM OF ACCESSION UNDERTAKING


1

1

PARTIES

   
1.1

The Parties to this Agreement are –

   
1.1.1

AJD Holdings Proprietary Limited, registration number 1975/004328/07 ("AJD");

   
1.1.2

Richmark Holdings Proprietary Limited, registration number 2000/013818/07 ("Richmark");

   
1.1.3

DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, registration number 2005/040937/07 (as "Borrower");

   
1.1.4

K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, registration number 2018/318388/07 (as "Debt Guarantor"); and

   
1.1.5

FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank Division), registration number 1929/001225/06 (as "Agent") as Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties.

   
1.2

The Parties agree as set out below.

   
2

INTERPRETATION

   
2.1

Definitions

   

In this Agreement, including the recitals, capitalised terms used but not defined below shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) and the following expressions shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the meanings assigned to them hereunder –

   
2.1.1

"Accession Undertaking" means a document substantially in the form set out in Annexure A (Form of Accession Undertaking);

   
2.1.2

"Additional Cedent" means any person who becomes a party to this Agreement including by entering into an Accession Undertaking;

   
2.1.3

"Agreement" means this guarantee, cession and pledge agreement and its Annexures;

   
2.1.4

"Ceded Rights" means in respect of each Cedent, all the Cedent's rights, title and interest, of any nature whatsoever, in and to the Secured Property, whether actual, prospective or contingent, direct or indirect, whether a claim for the payment of money (whether in respect of interest, principal or otherwise) or for the performance of any other obligation, including all rights to any Distributions made in respect of the Secured Property (or any of them), and whether or not the said rights and interests were within the contemplation of the Parties as at the Signature Date;

   
2.1.5

"Cedent" means –



2

2.1.5.1

the Original Cedents;

   
2.1.5.2

any Additional Cedent,

   

and "Cedents" means all of them, as the context may require;

   
2.1.6

"Claim(s)" means, in relation to each Cedent, all amounts of any nature which are now payable or which may in the future become payable to such Cedent by the Borrower on account of the Shares (or any of them);

   
2.1.7

"Facility Agreement" means the agreement concluded on or about the Signature Date between, amongst others, the Agent (as lender and agent) and the Borrower pursuant to which the Lender makes a revolving credit facility available to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein;

   
2.1.8

"Guaranteed Obligations" means all and any obligations of any nature whatsoever of the Borrower and each other Obligor to the Debt Guarantor under the Finance Documents (including the Counter-Indemnity Agreement), as well as the due and punctual payment and discharge of all amounts of any nature whatsoever which are due and payable, or which are scheduled or otherwise expressed, required or contracted to be paid or payable by the Borrower and each other Obligor to the Debt Guarantor under the Finance Documents (including the Counter-Indemnity Agreement);

   
2.1.9

"Independent Auditor" means such independent auditor as may be agreed between the Parties, or failing agreement within five Business Days from the date of a request by either Party for such agreement, appointed by the Executive President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants;

   
2.1.10

"Original Cedents" means, collectively –

   
2.1.10.1

AJD; and

   
2.1.10.2

Richmark,

and "Original Cedent" means any one of them as the context may require;

2.1.11

"Parties" means the parties to this Agreement and "Party" means any of them, as the context may require;

   
2.1.12

"Related Rights" means, in relation to the Secured Property –

   
2.1.12.1

any monies and proceeds (including the proceeds of a disposal or other realisation) accrued or receivable in respect of all or part thereof;

   
2.1.12.2

all rights and benefits in respect of any agreement for the disposal or other realisation thereof;



3

2.1.12.3

all contracts, warranties, remedies, Security, indemnities and other undertakings in respect thereof; and

   
2.1.12.4

any of the reversionary interests referred to in clause 6.22.3 (Shares) below;

   
2.1.13

"Secured Obligations" means all present and future obligations and indebtedness of whatsoever nature and/or howsoever arising (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever, including any liability to pay damages or pursuant to enrichment) which a Cedent may now or at any time hereafter owe or have towards the Debt Guarantor under or in connection with this Agreement (including clause 3 (Guarantee and Indemnity));

   
2.1.14

"Secured Property" means, in relation to each Cedent, all of its –

   
2.1.14.1

Claims;

   
2.1.14.2

Shares; and

   
2.1.14.3

Related Rights,

together with all of the Cedent's rights, title and interests therein and thereto and claims against any person in respect thereof, of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising (whether actual, prospective or contingent, direct or indirect, arising under common law or statute, whether a claim for the payment of money or the performance of another obligation and whether or not those rights and interests were within the contemplation of the Parties at the Signature Date) and, in each case, any property forming part thereof;

2.1.15

"Shares" means, in relation, to each Cedent –

   
2.1.15.1.1

all the shares of any class in the share capital of the Borrower;

   
2.1.15.1.2

all other securities in the capital of the Borrower (including any capitalisation shares or bonus shares issued in respect of the shares referred to in clause 2.1.15.1.1); and

   
2.1.15.1.3

any securities issued in substitution or exchange for the securities in clauses 2.1.15.1.1 and 2.1.15.1.2,

which the Cedent is or becomes the owner of from time to time or which may be issued or transferred, reinstated to or otherwise acquired by it in future including all dividends (whether paid or unpaid), rights to dividends and voting rights in relation to those shares and securities; and

2.1.16

"Signature Date" means the date of the signature of the Party last signing this Agreement.



4

2.2

Construction

   
2.2.1

The provisions of clauses 2.2 (Construction) and 2.3 (Third Party Rights) of the Facility Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into and apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement, except that any reference in those clauses to the Facility Agreement is to be construed as a reference to this Agreement.

   
2.2.2

This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Facility Agreement and in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Facility Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

   
2.2.3

If any amount paid to the Debt Guarantor under a Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation, business rescue or administration of the payer or otherwise, then that amount will not be considered to have been irrevocably discharged for the purposes of this Agreement.

   
2.3

Finance Parties' Rights and Obligations

   
2.3.1

The obligations of the Finance Parties under this Agreement are separate and independent. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement does not affect the obligations of any other Finance Party under this Agreement. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under this Agreement.

   
2.3.2

The rights of the Finance Parties under or in connection with this Agreement are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under this Agreement to a Finance Party from the Borrower shall be a separate and independent debt.

   
3

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

   
3.1

Each Cedent, as a principal obligor and not merely as a surety and on the basis of discrete obligations enforceable against it, irrevocably and unconditionally and jointly and severally –

   
3.1.1

guarantees to the Debt Guarantor the punctual performance of the Guaranteed Obligations;

   
3.1.2

undertakes to the Debt Guarantor that whenever any Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Guaranteed Obligations, each of them shall immediately on demand by the Debt Guarantor pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

   
3.1.3

agrees with the Debt Guarantor that if any Guaranteed Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify the Debt Guarantor immediately on demand by the Debt Guarantor against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of any Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Guaranteed Obligations on the date when it would have been due (and the amount payable by either of them under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this clause 3 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee).



5

3.2

No Maximum Aggregate Liability

   
3.2.1

Each Cedent shall be liable for, and the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to, recover the full amount due by any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

   
3.2.2

Subject to clause 3.2.3, the Debt Guarantor is entitled to, at any time, apply for any execution, attachment, sequestration, distress or other legal process in respect of any asset of a Cedent.

   
3.2.3

Clause 3.2.2 will not prevent or restrict the Debt Guarantor from –

   
3.2.3.1

exercising its rights of enforcement under this Agreement;

   
3.2.3.2

proving or lodging a claim in the winding up or administration of a Cedent initiated by a party other than the Debt Guarantor; or

   
3.2.3.3

taking any proceedings to obtain a declaration or similar judgment order as to the obligations or liabilities of a Cedent under this Agreement.

   
3.3

Reinstatement

   
 

If any payment by any Obligor or any discharge, release or arrangement given under the Finance Documents is avoided or reduced for any reason (including as a result of insolvency, business rescue proceedings, liquidation, winding-up or otherwise), the liability of the Cedents shall continue and the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from the Cedents as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.  

   
3.4

Waiver of Defences

   
3.4.1

The obligations of the Cedents under the Guarantee will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this clause 3.4 or otherwise, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under the Guarantee (without limitation and whether or not known to it or the Debt Guarantor) including –

   
3.4.1.1

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;


3.4.1.2

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or such other person;



6

3.4.1.3

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, execute, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

   
3.4.1.4

any legal limitation, incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

   
3.4.1.5

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document (or any other document or security);

   
3.4.1.6

any irregularity, unenforceability, illegality, invalidity, suspension or cancellation of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document (or any other document or security);

   
3.4.1.7

any insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, business rescue or similar proceedings (including receipt of any distribution made under or in connection with those proceedings); or

   
3.4.1.8

any other factor or circumstance arising on which the Cedents might otherwise be able to rely on a defence based on prescription or estoppel.

   
3.4.2

The amounts to be paid by the Cedents under the Guarantee shall be unaffected by any compromise of any claim that the Debt Guarantor may have against any Obligor, whether pursuant to the adoption of a business rescue plan or otherwise.

   
3.4.3

If any Finance Document is amended or varied in any manner whatsoever, the Guarantee shall apply in respect of such Finance Document as amended or varied.

   
3.5

Deferral of Rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by any Obligor under or in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Debt Guarantor otherwise directs, the Cedents will not, without the prior written consent of the Debt Guarantor, exercise any rights which they may have by reason of performance by them of their obligations under the Guarantee or the Security Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Agreement –

3.5.1

to be indemnified by the Borrower or any other Obligor;

   
3.5.2

to claim any contribution from any Obligor of or provider of Security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

   
3.5.3

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation, cession of action or otherwise) of any rights of the Debt Guarantor under the Guaranteed Obligations or of any other guarantee or Security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Guaranteed Obligations by the Debt Guarantor;



7

3.5.4

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which a Cedent has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under the Guarantee;

   
3.5.5

to exercise any right of set-off against the Borrower; and/or

   
3.5.6

to claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor or shareholder of any Obligor in competition with the Debt Guarantor.

   
3.6

Additional Security

   

The Guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or Security now or subsequently held by the Debt Guarantor. The rights of the Debt Guarantor hereunder are in addition to and not exclusive of those provided by law.

   
3.7

Remedies Cumulative

   

The rights of the Debt Guarantor under the Guarantee may be exercised as often as necessary, and are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under general law and may be waived only in writing and specifically. Any delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such rights shall not constitute a waiver of those rights.

   
3.8

Continuing Guarantee

   

The Guarantee –

   
3.8.1

is a continuing guarantee and indemnity and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Guaranteed Obligations; and

   
3.8.2

shall remain in full force and effect,

regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations or any fluctuation in or extension of any period whatsoever of the Guaranteed Obligations and shall terminate only upon the Discharge Date.

3.9

Additional and Separate Guarantee

   

The Guarantee is in addition to, and without prejudice to, and shall not merge with, any other right, remedy, guarantee or Security which the Debt Guarantor may at any time hold for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

   
3.10

Immediate Recourse

   

Each Cedent waives any rights that it may have to first require the Debt Guarantor to make any demand of the Obligors (other than the Cedent) or any third party, to proceed against or claim payment from the Obligors (other than the Cedent) or any third party, to take action or obtain judgment in any court against the Obligors (other than the Cedent) or any third party, to make, file or prove any claim in the winding-up or dissolution of the Obligors (other than the Cedent) or any third party, or to enforce or seek to enforce any guarantee or Security granted by the Obligors (other than the Cedent) or any third party, before making payment under this Agreement. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of the Finance Documents to the contrary.



8

3.11

Limited recourse

   
3.11.1

In this clause "Secured Property Proceeds" means all value obtained from the Ceded Rights on the transfer or other disposal or realisation of any part of the Ceded Rights (whether on enforcement of the security or otherwise), and all Secured Property Proceeds are to be calculated without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes.

   
3.11.2

The recourse of the Debt Guarantor to each Cedent in respect of its obligations under this clause 3 (Guarantee and Indemnity) is limited to such Cedent's Ceded Rights including, without limitation, the Secured Property Proceeds.

   
3.11.3

Subject to clause 3.11.4 below, the Debt Guarantor undertakes that it will not at any time –

   
3.11.3.1

apply for any execution, attachment, sequestration, distress or other legal process in respect of any asset of any Cedent other than its Ceded Rights; or

   
3.11.3.2

apply for the liquidation or winding-up of any Cedent in respect of any payment obligation arising under a Finance Document.

   
3.11.4

Clause 3.11.3 above will not prevent or restrict the Debt Guarantor from –

   
3.11.4.1

exercising its rights of enforcement under this Agreement;

   
3.11.4.2

proving or lodging a claim in the winding up or administration of any Cedent initiated by a party other than the Debt Guarantor; or

   
3.11.4.3

taking any proceedings to obtain a declaration or similar judgment order as to the obligations or liabilities of any Original Cedents under this Agreement.

   
4

CESSION IN SECURITY AND PLEDGE

As security for the due and punctual performance of the Secured Obligations, each Cedent has agreed to pledge its Shares and to cede in securitatem debiti all its other Secured Property to the Debt Guarantor, on the terms set out in this Agreement.


9

4.1

Cession in Security and Pledge

   
4.1.1

Subject to the provisions of clause 4.2 (Nature of Cession and Pledge), each Cedent hereby irrevocably and unconditionally –

   
4.1.1.1

cedes in securitatem debiti and pledges (as applicable) to the Debt Guarantor all its Secured Property, in each case individually and collectively with all the other Secured Property, with effect from the Signature Date; and


4.1.1.2

is deemed to cede in securitatem debiti and pledge to the Debt Guarantor all Shares of which it becomes the owner from time to time or which may be issued or transferred to it in future, with effect from the date on which the Cedent acquires beneficial ownership thereof,

   

as continuing general covering security for the due, proper and timeous payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations, on the terms set out in this Agreement, which cession and pledge the Debt Guarantor accepts.

   
4.1.2

The cession in securitatem debiti and pledge (as applicable) contemplated in 4.1.1 constitutes first ranking security in favour of the Debt Guarantor in that it ranks in preference and prior to any other current or future security.

   
4.2

Nature of Cession and Pledge

   
4.2.1

The cession and pledge contemplated by this Agreement is intended to operate as a cession and a pledge of each part and all of the Shares and the other Secured Property, individually and collectively.

   
4.2.2

If, for any reason, any Security purported to be created under this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in respect of some of the Shares or the Secured Property, the pledge of those Shares and the cession of that Secured Property shall be severed from this Agreement, and this Agreement and all the Security created over the remainder of the Secured Property shall continue in full force and effect.

   
4.2.3

The cession contemplated by this Agreement operates as a security cession and not as an outright cession and each Cedent retains bare ownership (dominium) of its Secured Property, subject to the rights of the Debt Guarantor as a secured creditor.

   
4.3

Cedents remain liable to perform obligations

   

Notwithstanding any other provision of a Finance Document, the Cedents shall remain liable to perform all their duties and obligations, whether contractual or otherwise, in respect of each of their Secured Property and nothing in this Agreement or the exercise by a Finance Party of any right under a Finance Document shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a delegation to or acceptance by a Finance Party of any obligation of any Cedent or any other person.



10

5

DURATION

   

This Agreement and the Security created pursuant to this Agreement –

   
5.1

shall come into full force and effect on the Signature Date without any further action, consent or authority required from any person;

   
5.2

unless expressly otherwise agreed by the Debt Guarantor in writing, shall not terminate before the Discharge Date; and

   
5.3

shall remain of full force and effect, notwithstanding any intermediate discharge or settlement of, or temporary fluctuation in, the Guaranteed Obligations.

   
6

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE CEDENTS

   
6.1

Each Cedent makes the representations and warranties set out in this clause 6 to each Finance Party, each warranty and representation is –

   
6.1.1

is separate and distinct;

   
6.1.2

is material;

   
6.1.3

has induced the Finance Parties to enter into the Finance Documents; and

   
6.1.4

is given, save where otherwise indicated, as at the Signature Date, and shall be deemed to have been repeated on each day between the Signature Date and the Discharge Date.

   
6.2

Status

   
6.2.1

It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa and will maintain its corporate existence.

   
6.2.2

It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

   
6.3

Binding Obligations

   
6.3.1

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

   
6.3.2

Without limiting the generality of clause 6.3.1, each Security Document to which it is a party creates the security interests which that Security Document purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective.



11

6.4 Non-Conflict with other Obligations
   
 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and the granting of the Security do not and will not conflict with –

   
6.4.1

any law or regulation applicable to it;

   
6.4.2

its or any of its Subsidiaries' constitutional documents; or

   
6.4.3

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries' assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

   
6.5

Power and Authority

   

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

   
6.6

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence

   
6.6.1

All Authorisations and any other acts, conditions or things required or desirable –

   
6.6.1.1

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

   
6.6.1.2

to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in South Africa,

   

have been obtained, effected, done, fulfilled or performed and are in full force and effect.

   
6.6.2

All Authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities by each member of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

   
6.7

Governing Law and Enforcement

The choice of South African law as the governing law of each Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

6.8

Insolvency and Financial Distress

   
6.8.1

No –

   
6.8.1.1

corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 22.9 (Insolvency) of the Facility Agreement; or

   
6.8.1.2

creditors' process described in clause 23.8 (Creditors' Process) of the Facility Agreement,has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Cedent threatened in relation to a member of the Group and none of the circumstances contemplated in clause 22.9 (Insolvency) of the Facility Agreement applies to a member of the Group.



12

6.8.2

It is not Financially Distressed (as defined in the Companies Act).

   
6.9

Deduction of Tax

   

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

   
6.10

No Default

   
6.10.1

No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.

   
6.10.2

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument, which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets, which are subject to or might result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
6.11

No Misleading Information

   

All written information provided by it (including its advisers) to the Agent or the Debt Guarantor under or in connection with the Finance Documents was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect.

   
6.12

Financial Statements

   
6.12.1

Its Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.

   
6.12.2

There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition.

   
6.13

Pari Passu Ranking

   

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

   
6.14

No Proceedings Pending or Threatened

   

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change has or have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.



13

6.15

No Breach of Laws

   
6.15.1

It has not breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
6.15.2

No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against it which have or are reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
6.16

No Immunity

   

In any proceedings taken in South Africa or in any other jurisdiction, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to any Finance Document.

   
6.17

Taxation

   
6.17.1

It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of any Taxes.

   
6.17.2

No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it with respect to Taxes.

   
6.18

Anti-Corruption Law

   

It has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintains as at the Signature Date policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

   
6.19

Security and Financial Indebtedness

   

Subject in each case to any registration specifically required by law, each Security Document validly creates the Security interest which is expressed to be created by that Security Document.

   
6.20

Ranking

   

The Security has or will have the ranking in priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

   
6.21

Ownership

   

It is the sole, absolute, legal and, where applicable, beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant Security free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than Security permitted under clause 22.8 (Negative Pledge) of the Facility Agreement.



14

6.22

Shares

   
6.22.1

The Shares and the shares of each Obligor are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

   
6.22.2

There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of each Obligor (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

   
6.22.3

No part of the Shares and the shares of each Obligor has been pledged, ceded (either outright or as security), discounted, factored, mortgaged under notarial bond or otherwise, or otherwise disposed of or hypothecated, nor is it subject to any other right or claim in favour of any person (including any rights of pre-emption) which would apply on enforcement by the Debt Guarantor of its rights under this Agreement. If any of the Shares and the shares of each Obligor is subject to any Security in breach of this representation and warranty then, without prejudice to any other rights that the Debt Guarantor may have, any reversionary or other interests the Cedent may have in the said Shares are also ceded in securitatem debiti and pledged to the Debt Guarantor.

   
6.23

No Adverse Consequences

   

It is not necessary under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation -

   
6.23.1

in order to enable the Debt Guarantor to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

   
6.23.2

by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

that the Debt Guarantor should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in such jurisdiction.

7

UNDERTAKINGS BY THE CEDENTS

   
7.1

General

   

The Cedents are bound by the undertakings set out in this clause 7 relating to it. The undertakings in this clause 7 remain in force from the Signature Date until the Discharge Date.

   
7.2

Negative Pledge

   
7.2.1

No Cedent shall grant any further Security over any Secured Property or dispose of its Secured Property in any manner without the express prior consent of the Debt Guarantor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.


15

7.2.2

Each Cedent shall at all times keep its Secured Property free of judicial attachments and other Security.

   
7.3

Preservation of Secured Property

   
7.3.1

Each Cedent undertakes –

   
7.3.1.1

to the extent reasonably possible, that it shall not permit any depreciation of the value of, or a variation of rights relating to, the Secured Property or any of them to occur;

   
7.3.1.2

not to do any wilful act or suffer any wilful omission, or wilfully permit any other person to do any act or suffer any omission, which will have or may be calculated to have the effect of materially diminishing or adversely affecting the rights of the Debt Guarantor hereunder or the value or effectiveness of the security conferred by the cession in securitatem debiti and pledge of the Ceded Rights in terms of this Agreement;

   
7.3.1.3

to take all appropriate steps required from time to time for the care, preservation and protection of the Secured Property and the rights of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement; and

   
7.3.1.4

timeously to comply in full with all its obligations in respect of the Secured Property, from time to time.

   
7.3.2

The Cedent waives for the benefit of the Debt Guarantor any and all rights it may have in respect of the Secured Property which conflict with or which may restrict the rights of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement.

   
7.4

Further Undertakings

Each Cedent undertakes and agrees –

7.4.1

in respect of the Ceded Rights for which the Cedent may hold promissory notes, bills of exchange, cheques or other liquid documents, not to pledge or otherwise encumber such promissory notes, bills of exchange, cheques or other liquid documents;

   
7.4.2

not to exercise any or all rights in respect of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights which it may have which will be in conflict with the rights of the Debt Guarantor in terms of this Agreement;

   
7.4.3

to sign all other documents which the Debt Guarantor may require in order to give effect to this Agreement;

   
7.4.4

from time to time, and within three Business Days of written demand by the Debt Guarantor, to make such entries in or endorsements on its records relating to this Agreement as the Debt Guarantor may reasonably require;



16

7.4.5

that it may not cede, assign, transfer or pledge or in any other manner encumber or deal with the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights without the prior written consent of the Debt Guarantor, save with the prior written consent of the Agent and the Debt Guarantor;

   
7.4.6

to allow the Debt Guarantor and/or its duly authorised representatives, upon reasonable written notice by the Debt Guarantor, such reasonable rights of access to and right of inspection of such of its books, records and financial information as the Debt Guarantor may from time to time reasonably require for purposes of ascertaining or verifying any information with regard to the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights; and

   
7.4.7

upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, it will forthwith pay over to the Debt Guarantor any interest, dividend or other benefits of any nature accrued and/or received in respect of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights on and after the date of occurrence of such Event of Default, by depositing the same into a nominated account as the Debt Guarantor may from time to time direct in writing.

   
7.5

Amounts received on account of Secured Property

   

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Cedent shall forthwith pay and transfer to the Debt Guarantor or its order, and place it in possession of, all cash and other assets received in respect of the Secured Property in discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations.

   
8

DIVIDENDS, VOTING AND CEDED RIGHTS

   
8.1

Notwithstanding that the rights to receive all and any amounts (including without limitation dividends) payable in respect of the Ceded Rights and the Secured Property and to vote in respect of the Ceded Rights and the Secured Property, as well as all other rights, title and interest in and to the Ceded Rights and the Secured Property, are ceded in securitatem debiti and pledged to the Debt Guarantor under and in terms of this Agreement, each Cedent shall be entitled, subject to the provisions of the Finance Documents and clause 13.2 (Enforcement) , to –

   
8.1.1

exercise all rights (including voting rights) in respect of the Secured Property; and

   
8.1.2

collect and receive and retain, in its own name, all Distributions and other amounts payable in respect of the Ceded Rights and the Secured Property,

until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing entitling the Debt Guarantor to exercise its rights under this Agreement on account of the Secured Property and the Ceded Rights, in which event the Cedent's rights under and in terms of this clause 8 in relation to the Secured Property and Ceded Rights shall automatically terminate, provided that in the event of the remedy of such circumstances (if capable of remedy) to the satisfaction of the Debt Guarantor, the Cedent's rights under and in terms of this clause 8 shall be reinstated upon receipt of written notice to that effect from the Debt Guarantor.


17

9

CONTINUING COVERING SECURITY

   

The obligations of each Cedent as contemplated in this Agreement are irrevocable and shall operate as continuing covering security for the Cedent's obligations under and in terms of the Secured Obligations, and shall, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, continue to be of full force and effect until the Discharge Date notwithstanding –

   
9.1

any intermediate discharge or settlement of, or fluctuation in the Cedent's obligations arising under or in connection with the Secured Obligations in which event the cession and pledge contained in this Agreement shall operate as security for any indebtedness of the Cedent, subsequently arising in favour of the Debt Guarantor;

   
9.2

the Cedent's legal disability and/or any variation or amendment of or addition to or deletion from or cancellation or termination of any agreement giving rise to any of the rights of the Debt Guarantor against the Cedent;

   
9.3

any latitude, indulgence or extension of time which may be allowed or shown by the Debt Guarantor;

   
9.4

the receipt by the Debt Guarantor of any dividend or benefit in any insolvency, liquidation, business rescue proceedings or any compromise or composition whether in terms of any statutory enforcement or the common law; and/or

   
9.5

the release by the Debt Guarantor, in whole or in part, of any security and/or the release of the Cedent from some, but not all, of the applicable Secured Obligations.

   
10

PERFECTION AND DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

   
10.1

The documents set out in this clause 10 shall be delivered to the Agent as follows –

   
10.1.1

in respect of Shares and/or Ceded Rights held by the Original Cedents at the Signature Date, by no later than the Longstop Date;

   
10.1.2

in respect of an Additional Cedent, as soon as reasonably no later than five Business Days after that Additional Cedent accedes to this Agreement

   
10.1.3

in respect of Shares/Ceded Rights subsequently acquired by a Cedent or otherwise arising before the Discharge Date, as soon as reasonably possible after that property becomes Secured Property.

   
10.2

Each Cedent shall deliver to the Agent –

   
10.2.1

original share certificates in respect of the Shares;



18

10.2.2

share transfer forms in respect of the Shares, duly completed and signed but undated and blank as to the transferee, and the Cedent undertakes as often as so requested by the Debt Guarantor to replace such share transfer forms by further signed share transfer forms; and

   
10.2.3

to the extent applicable, a consent and waiver of pre-emptive rights obtained from each other shareholder of the Borrower in terms of which each such shareholder, inter alia, consents to the entry into of this Agreement and waives any pre-emptive rights in respect of the Shares.

   
10.3

The Agent may retain possession of all documents delivered to it under this clause 10 and deal with them in accordance with the Finance Documents until the Discharge Date, after which they shall be returned to the relevant Cedent as soon as reasonably possible.

   
10.4

Each Cedent shall deliver to the Agent any other documents relating to the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights for which any Finance Party may at any time reasonably call, which documents shall be delivered to Agent within such period as may be agreed between the Agent and the relevant Cedent, and failing such agreement, within five Business Days of written demand by the Agent.

   
11

BORROWER AS A PARTY

   
11.1

The Borrower hereby, in the event of the Debt Guarantor exercising its rights under this Agreement, irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to –

   
11.1.1

give effect thereto and to perform its obligations in relation to the Pledged Shares and/or Ceded Rights to and in favour of the Debt Guarantor; and

   
11.1.2

recognise any person to whom the Pledged Shares and/or Ceded Rights are to be transferred and approve the transfer to that person.

   
12

RIGHTS OF THE CEDENTS BEFORE AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

   
12.1

Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Cedent is entitled, at its own cost, to –

   
12.1.1

enforce and receive payment for, delivery of or performance in respect of all amounts or obligations owing in respect of the Secured Property in the ordinary course of business and, subject to the Finance Documents, to appropriate amounts so recovered to its own use, including any dividends or other benefits in respect of its Shares;

   
12.1.2

receive notice of every general meeting of shareholders of the Borrower or another company in which it holds Shares (provided that each such notice are to be forwarded to the Debt Guarantor as if it were a shareholder of the Borrower or such other company where such documents do, or are reasonably likely to, affect the interests of the Debt Guarantor); and



19

12.1.3

attend every general meeting of the shareholders of the Borrower or another company in which it holds Shares, and exercise all the votes attaching to the Shares at such meetings (provided that it will not exercise those votes in a manner which is reasonably likely to (a) be materially prejudicial to the validity or enforceability of this Agreement; (b) materially impair the value of any Shares; or (c) be otherwise materially prejudicial to the Debt Guarantor).

   
12.2

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all rights, powers and privileges attaching to the Secured Property, including, but not limited to those set out in clause 12.1 (Rights of the Cedents before an Event of Default), shall vest in the Debt Guarantor with the power to exercise them either in its own name or in the name of any Cedent or, if the Debt Guarantor so directs upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that has occurred and which is continuing, the applicable Cedent shall exercise the Debt Guarantor's rights, powers and privileges in its own name and to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.

   
13

ENFORCEMENT

   
13.1

Rights of the Debt Guarantor

   

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing –

   
13.1.1

the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to pursue any remedy available to it in law including, but not limited to, any one of the forms of relief set out in clauses 13.1.2 to 13.2 inclusive;


13.1.2

the Debt Guarantor may, in its discretion, effect transfer of the Secured Property (or any of them) and/or an outright cession of the Ceded Rights (or any of them) into the Debt Guarantor's own name (or the name of its nominee(s)), with the intention to do so not as beneficial owner but as a temporary repository pending disposal of such Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights or pending the realisation of the applicable Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights or the underlying value thereof, in pursuance of the pledge and cession recorded in this Agreement, whether in terms of clauses 13.1.3 or 13.1.4;

   
13.1.3

whether or not the Debt Guarantor has effected transfer of the Secured Property (or any of them) and/or an outright cession of the Ceded Rights (or any of them) in terms of clause 13.1.2, it may elect to effect transfer of the applicable Secured Property and/or an outright cession of the applicable Ceded Rights into its name (or the name of its nominee(s)) as beneficial owner(s), to the extent permitted in law, in which event a fair market value of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights, as the case may be, at the time the election is made, shall be agreed in writing between the Parties. Failing written agreement as to the applicable fair market value within five Business Days of the Debt Guarantor's aforesaid election, the fair market value of the applicable Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights, as the case may be, will be determined by an Independent Auditor, which Independent Auditor shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator. Any amount by which the fair market value of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights (determined in accordance with this clause 13.1.3) exceeds the amounts owing by the Cedents to the Debt Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be paid by the Debt Guarantor to the Cedents within five Business Days of the agreement as to, or the determination of, the fair market value therefor. The Cedents shall be responsible for and shall pay such Independent Auditor's charges for determining the fair market value for the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights, as the case may be. If the Debt Guarantor shall have paid the Independent Auditor, the same shall be recoverable from the Cedent on demand;



20

13.1.4

without first obtaining an order of court, the Debt Guarantor shall, to the extent permitted in law, be entitled to –

 

13.1.4.1

exercise all the rights, powers and privileges attaching to the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them);

 

13.1.4.2

sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of or realise the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them), or to realise the underlying value of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them) in such manner by public auction or by private treaty and on such terms as may appear to it most expedient;

 

13.1.4.3

institute legal proceedings which it may deem necessary in connection with the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them);

 

13.1.4.4

give good, valid and sufficient receipts and discharges for the purchase price or proceeds of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them) or the proceeds of any underlying assets;

 

13.1.4.5

effect transfer of the Secured Property (or any of them) and/or convey valid title in the Ceded Rights (or any of them) on behalf of the Cedent, including by using the power of attorney granted to the Debt Guarantor in terms of clause 15 (Power of Attorney).

 

13.2

The Parties agree that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to exercise the rights (including, if applicable, the voting rights) attaching to the Secured Property, and/or to receive all Distributions payable in respect of the Secured Property.

 

13.3

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Debt Guarantor shall not be obliged to take any particular steps to collect or otherwise enforce its rights in respect of any of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights.



21

13.4

Undertakings by the Cedents in respect of Realisation

 

On the Debt Guarantor taking any action under clause 13.1 (Rights of the Debt Guarantor), or otherwise as required by the Debt Guarantor if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Cedent shall on demand by the Debt Guarantor —

 

13.4.1

give written notice to all persons required by the Debt Guarantor that payment for, delivery of or performance in respect of the relevant, Secured Property shall be made to the Debt Guarantor and that payment, delivery or performance to the relevant Cedent or to anyone else will not constitute valid payment, delivery or performance, and the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to do likewise. The Cedent shall on demand by the Debt Guarantor provide proof that such notification has been duly given;

 

13.4.2

refuse to accept any payment, delivery, or performance tendered in respect of any of the Secured Property and order that such payment, delivery or performance be tendered to the Debt Guarantor;

 

13.4.3

forthwith pay over or deliver to the Debt Guarantor any interest, dividend, negotiable instruments or other monetary benefits of any nature accrued or received in respect of the Secured Property after the date of an Event of Default by depositing the same into any bank account in South Africa nominated by the Debt Guarantor;

 

13.4.4

deliver to the Debt Guarantor any property which the Cedent acquires or which accrues to it in connection with the Secured Property;

 

13.4.5

at its own cost, carry out any lawful directions the Debt Guarantor may give in regard to the realisation of the Secured Property and sign any document or do any other lawful act necessary to (a) vest the Secured Property in the Debt Guarantor; (b) enable any sale, purchase or other realisation or transfer of Secured Property, or (c) perfect and complete (to the extent necessary) the cession and pledge of any Secured Property under this Agreement.

 

13.5

No obligation on the Debt Guarantor

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Debt Guarantor shall not be obliged to take any steps to preserve, protect, collect, recover or otherwise enforce its rights under or in respect of the Secured Property.

 

14

APPROPRIATION OF PROCEEDS

 

Subject to the Facility Agreement, the Debt Guarantor shall apply the net proceeds of all amounts received pursuant to the sale or other realisation of Secured Property or from the appropriation of cash amounts which constitute Secured Property under this Agreement (after deducting all properly evidenced costs and expenses incurred by the Debt Guarantor in relation to that sale or realisation) in reduction or discharge of the Secured Obligations in such order and in such manner as the Debt Guarantor deems fit. Any amount remaining thereafter shall be paid to the relevant Cedent within fifteen Business Days of the Discharge Date.



22

15

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

 

Each Cedent hereby irrevocably and severally appoints the Debt Guarantor and any of its delegates or sub-delegates to be its attorney to take any action which such Cedent is obliged to take under this Agreement but has failed to take. Each Cedent ratifies and confirms whatever any attorney does or purports to do pursuant to its appointment under this clause.

 

 

16

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

 

Each Cedent shall generally promptly do everything that may be reasonably required in order to comply with its obligations under this Agreement and as may otherwise be reasonably required by the Debt Guarantor for the purposes of and to give effect to this Agreement, failing which the Debt Guarantor may, to the extent possible, attend thereto on behalf of the relevant Cedent and recover on demand from such Cedent any expenses incurred in relation thereto. In particular, the Cedent shall execute and do all such acts and things as the Debt Guarantor, in its reasonable discretion, may require –

 

 

16.1

to perfect or protect the Security created (or purported to be created) by this Agreement;

 

 

16.2

to preserve or protect any of the rights of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement;

 

 

16.3

to enforce any Security created under this Agreement on or at any time after it becomes enforceable;

 

 

16.4

for the exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement;

 

 

16.5

to carry out the effect, intent and purpose of this Agreement,

 

 

in any such case, forthwith upon demand by the Debt Guarantor to the maximum extent permitted by law and at the expense of the Cedent.

 

 

17

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS

 

 

The rights conferred on the Debt Guarantor by this Agreement are additional to and not in substitution for –

 

 

17.1

any other rights the Debt Guarantor has, or may at any time in the future have, against any Cedent or any other person; and

 

 

17.2

any other security held or hereafter to be held by the Debt Guarantor from any Cedent, or any other person, in connection with the Secured Obligations. The Debt Guarantor may release any security held by it without prejudice to its rights under this Agreement.



23

18

WAIVER AND INDEMNITY

   
 

Each Cedent hereby –

   
18.1

agrees that the Debt Guarantor shall not be responsible for any loss from the disposal or sale of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement howsoever arising, or for any reduction in the value of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them, unless such loss or reduction in value is occasioned by the wilful default and/or gross negligence of the Debt Guarantor;

   
18.2

absolves the Debt Guarantor from all liability whatsoever should it fail to collect any dividends or other benefits (however named or described, without any exception) arising from or by virtue of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them, or should it fail to take up any rights issued or granted in relation to the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them, or in any way fail or omit to protect its or any of the Cedent's interests relating to the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them; and

   
18.3

absolves and indemnifies the Debt Guarantor and its directors, officers, employees, representatives and advisers from and against any loss or damage (including any, consequential loss or damage) or otherwise, suffered by the Cedent arising from any cause in connection with this Agreement, whether the loss or damage results from contract, delict, negligence or any other cause and whether this Agreement has been terminated or not, save for any loss or damages arising as a result of the gross negligence, fraud or wilful misconduct of the Debt Guarantor or its directors, employees, representatives and advisers.

   
19

CEDENTS BOUND NOTWITHSTANDING CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

   
19.1

Each Cedent agrees that on the Signature Date, it will be bound under this Agreement to the full extent hereof, despite the fact that –

   
19.1.1

any additional security from the Cedent or any other person for the Secured Obligations may not be obtained or may be released or may cease to be held for any other reason;

   
19.1.2

the Finance Parties may agree any variation or novation of the Finance Documents (including any amendment providing for the increase in the amount of a Facility or an additional facility);

   
19.1.3

insolvency, administration, business rescue, reorganisation, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceedings have been instituted by or against the Cedent or any other person;

   
19.1.4

any Finance Party may receive a dividend or benefit in any insolvency, liquidation, business rescue or any compromise or composition, whether in terms of any statutory enforcement or the common law;



24

19.1.5

the Debt Guarantor may grant any indulgences to the Cedent or may not exercise any one or more of its rights under the Finance Documents, either timeously or at all; or

   
19.1.6

any other fact or circumstance may arise on which the Cedent might otherwise be able to rely on a defence based on prejudice, waiver or estoppel.

   
19.2

If the Cedent suffers any loss arising from any of the facts, circumstances, acts or omissions referred to above, it will have no claim against any Finance Party in respect thereof.

   
20

KEEPING, INSPECTION AND DELIVERY OF RECORDS

   
20.1

Each Cedent shall at all times keep up to date records of the Secured Property and shall comply with any reasonable directions the Debt Guarantor may give in regard to the keeping of such records.

   
20.2

The Debt Guarantor or anyone authorised by the Debt Guarantor may at any time and on reasonable notice inspect any Cedent's books of account and other records relating to the Secured Property including books of account and records in the possession of a third party.

   
20.3

If the Debt Guarantor at any time so requests, the applicable Cedent shall at its own cost deliver to the Debt Guarantor or its order certified copies of any of the books and records referred to in clauses 20.1 and 20.2.

   
21

EXEMPTION FROM LIABILITY

   

A Finance Party, its officers, trustees, agents, beneficiaries, employees and advisors shall not be liable for any loss or damage, whether direct, indirect, consequential or otherwise, suffered by any Cedent howsoever arising in connection with this Agreement, whether that loss or damage arises as a result of a breach of contract (whether total, fundamental or otherwise), delict or any other cause and whether this Agreement has been terminated or not, other than as a result of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Finance Party.

   
22

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

   
22.1

Transfers by the Debt Guarantor

   
22.1.1

Subject to the Finance Documents, the Debt Guarantor may cede any of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any person to whom it cedes any of its rights and/or delegates any of its obligations under the Finance Documents. The Cedents agree to co-operate and take all such steps as the Debt Guarantor may reasonably request to give effect to any such cession or delegation.

   
22.1.2

The Cedents agree to any splitting of claims which may arise from such a cession.



25

22.2

Transfers by the Cedents

   

No Cedent may cede any of its rights nor delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement.

   
23

SEVERABILITY

   

Each term of this Agreement, whether forming an entire clause or only part of a clause, is divisible and severable from all the other terms (regardless of the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically). If a term or provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, that will not affect –

   
23.1

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other term or provision of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect, and such illegal, invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be severed from this Agreement; or

   
23.2

the legality, validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other term of this Agreement,

and in particular, the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to deal with its rights in respect of Secured Property in such manner as is sanctioned or approved in terms of a court order as is otherwise legally permissible.

24

REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

   

The rights of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement may be exercised as often as necessary and are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under general law or under any other Finance Document.

   
25

MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

   
25.1

Rights and Remedies

   
25.1.1

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement –

   
25.1.1.1

are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under general law;

   
25.1.1.2

may be exercised as often as the Debt Guarantor requires; and

   
25.1.1.3

may be waived only in writing.

   
25.1.2

Delay in the exercise or non-exercise of any right or remedy of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement is not a waiver of that right.



26

25.2

Amendment Costs

   
25.2.1

If any Cedent requests an amendment, waiver or consent, such Cedent shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Debt Guarantor for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Debt Guarantor in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

   
25.2.2

If there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, the Cedents shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Debt Guarantor for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Debt Guarantor in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such requirement.

   
25.3

Set-Off

   

The Debt Guarantor may set off any matured obligation due from any Cedent under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by the Debt Guarantor) against any matured obligation owed by the Debt Guarantor the Cedent, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Debt Guarantor may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

   
26

NOTICES

   
26.1

Communications in Writing

   

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

   
26.2

Addresses

   

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement is –

   
26.2.1

in the case of the Debt Guarantor –


  Physical address: 3rd Floor, 200 on Main
     
    Corner of Main and Bowwood Roads
     
    Claremont
     
    7708
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: The Managing Director;


27

26.2.2

in the case of the Agent –


  Physical address: 14th Floor, 1 Merchant Place
     
    1 Fredman Drive
     
   Sandton  
     
    2196
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email Address: xxx
     
  Attention: Theresa Rheeder;

26.2.3

in the case of the AJD –


  Physical address: 5th Floor, 6 Benmore Road
     
  Sandton  
     
    2196
     
  Email Address: xxx
     
  Attention: Andrew Dunn; and

26.2.4

in the case of the Richmark –


  Physical address: 5th Floor, 6 Benmore Road
     
    Sandton  
     
    2196
     
  Email Address: xxx
     
  Attention: Andrew Dunn,

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

26.3

Domicilia

   
26.3.1

Each of the Parties chooses its physical address provided under or in connection with clause 26.2 as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with this Agreement may be served.

   
26.3.2

Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante, in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties pursuant to clause 26.4.

   
26.4

Delivery

   
26.4.1

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with this Agreement will –



28

26.4.1.1

if by way of email, be deemed to have been received on the date of transmission;

   
26.4.1.2

if by way of fax, be deemed to have been received on the first Business Day following the date of transmission provided that the fax is received in legible form;

   
26.4.1.3

if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery; and

   

if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending

   

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 26.2 (Addresses) above, if addressed to that department or officer.

   
26.4.2

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Finance Party will be effective only when actually received by that Finance Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified under clause26.2 (Addresses) above (or any substitute department or officer as that Finance Partyshall specify for this purpose).

   
26.4.3

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with clauses 26.4.1.1 to 26.4.1.3 above, after 17h00 in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

   
26.5

Electronic Communication

   
26.5.1

The Parties confirm that any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website).

   
26.5.2

The Parties agree that –

   
26.5.2.1

they will notify the other Parties in writing of any information required to enable the transmission of information by electronic means; and

   
26.5.2.2

they will notify the other Parties in writing of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

   
26.5.3

Any electronic communication as specified in clause 26.5.1 above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.



29

26.5.4

Any reference in this Agreement to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this clause 26.5.

 

 

26.6

English Language

 

 

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

 

27

CALCULATION AND CERTIFICATES

 

 

27.1

Accounts

 

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Finance Parties are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

 

27.2

Certificates and Determinations

 

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

 

27.3

Day Count Convention

 

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).

 

 

28

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

 

If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term "inoperable" in this clause 28 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.



30

29

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

   

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Debt Guarantor, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

   
30

AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND EXTENSIONS

   
30.1

Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Agent and the Cedent and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

   
30.2

No amendment or waiver contemplated by this clause 30 shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the relevant Parties.

   
30.3

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder or enforcement of any right arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party shall under any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party's rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of this Agreement.

   
31

RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS

   

Each Cedent renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi, non causa debiti, non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

   
32

COUNTERPARTS

   

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

   
33

WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

   

Each Cedent irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

   
34

SOLE AGREEMENT

   

This Agreement constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.



31

35

NO IMPLIED TERMS

   

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in this Agreement in regard to the subject matter hereof.

   
36

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

   

Each Cedent acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of this Agreement and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, each Cedent acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Agreement.

   
37

GOVERNING LAW

   

This Agreement is governed by South African law.

   
38

JURISDICTION

   
38.1

The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Division, (Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement).

   
38.2

The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes in relation to this Agreement and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.



SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
AJD HOLDINGS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
/s/ A. J. Dunn
Signature
 
A. J. Dunn
Name of Signatory
 
Director
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
RICHMARK HOLDINGS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
/s/ A. J. Dunn
Signature
 
A. J. Dunn
Name of Signatory
 
CEO
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Cape Town on 07 June 2018

For and on behalf of
K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
/s/ Rozanne Kamalie
Signature
 
Rozanne Kamalie
Name of Signatory
 
Director
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK DIVISION)
 
 
/s/ Robert Leon
Signature
 
Robert Leon
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
Designation of Signatory
 
 
 
/s/ Jon Chowthee
Signature
 
Jon Chowthee
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
/s/ A. J. Dunn
Signature
 
A. J. Dunn
Name of Signatory
 
CEO
Designation of Signatory


Annexure A

FORM OF ACCESSION UNDERTAKING

To: FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) Agent ("RMB")
   
And: K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Debt Guarantor")
   
From: [] Proprietary Limited ("Company")
   
Date: []

Dear Sirs

Guarantee, Cession and Pledge in Security dated [] 2018 ("Agreement")

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Undertaking.

   
2

Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Undertaking unless given a different meaning herein.

   
3

The Company agrees, with effect from the date of this Accession Undertaking, to become an Additional Cedent and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Cedent.

   
4

With effect from the date of this Accession Undertaking the Agreement will be read and construed for all purposes as if the Additional Cedent has been an original party in the capacity as Original Cedent.

   
5

The Company is a private company duly incorporated under the laws of [].

   
6

The Company's administrative details are as follows –


  Address: []
     
  Fax No: []
     
  Email Address: []
     
  Attention: []

7

This Accession Undertaking is a Finance Document.

   
8

This Accession Undertaking may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Accession Undertaking.

   
9

This Accession Undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.


 
 
For and on behalf of
 
[INSERT ACCEDING PARTY]
 
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto



Exhibit 10.92

GUARANTEE, CESSION AND PLEDGE
AGREEMENT

between

THE PARTIES LISTED IN ANNEXURE A
(as Original Cedents)

and

K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Debt Guarantor)

and

FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED
(ACTING THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK DIVISION)
(as Agent)



TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PARTIES 1
2 INTERPRETATION 1
3 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY 5
4 CESSION IN SECURITY AND PLEDGE 9
5 DURATION 10
6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE CEDENTS 10
7 UNDERTAKINGS BY THE CEDENTS 14
8 DIVIDENDS, VOTING AND CEDED RIGHTS 17
9 CONTINUING COVERING SECURITY 18
10 PERFECTION AND DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS 18
11 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF PLEDGE 20
12 RIGHTS OF THE CEDENTS BEFORE AN EVENT OF DEFAULT 21
13 ENFORCEMENT 22
14 APPROPRIATION OF PROCEEDS 24
15 POWER OF ATTORNEY 24
16 FURTHER ASSURANCES 24
17 ADDITIONAL RIGHTS 25
18 WAIVER AND INDEMNITY 25
19 CEDENTS BOUND NOTWITHSTANDING CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES 26
20 KEEPING, INSPECTION AND DELIVERY OF RECORDS 26
21 EXEMPTION FROM LIABILITY 27
22 CHANGES TO THE PARTIES 27
23 SEVERABILITY 27
24 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE 28
25 MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS 28
26 NOTICES 29
27 CALCULATION AND CERTIFICATES 31
28 PARTIAL INVALIDITY 31
29 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 32
30 AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND EXTENSIONS 32
31 RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS 32
32 COUNTERPARTS 32
33 WAIVER OF IMMUNITY 32
34 SOLE AGREEMENT 33
35 NO IMPLIED TERMS 33
36 INDEPENDENT ADVICE 33
37 GOVERNING LAW 33
38 JURISDICTION 33


3

ANNEXURES

Annexure A THE ORIGINAL CEDENTS
Annexure B SECURED PROPERTY
Annexure C FORM OF NOTICE - SHARES AND CLAIMS
Annexure D FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT - SHARES AND CLAIMS
Annexure E FORM OF NOTICE – BANK ACCOUNTS
Annexure F FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT – BANK ACCOUNTS
Annexure G FORM OF NOTICE - INSURANCES
Annexure H FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT - INSURANCES
Annexure I FORM OF ACCESSION UNDERTAKING


1

1

PARTIES

   
1.1

The Parties to this Agreement are –

   
1.1.1

the Parties listed in Annexure A (as "Original Cedents" and each an "Original Cedent");

   
1.1.2

K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, registration number 2018/318388/07 (as "Debt Guarantor"); and

   
1.1.3

FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank Division), registration number 1929/001225/06 (as "Agent") as Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties.

   
1.2

The Parties agree as set out below.

   
2

INTERPRETATION

   
2.1

Definitions

   

In this Agreement, including the recitals, capitalised terms used but not defined below shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) and the following expressions shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the meanings assigned to them hereunder –

   
2.1.1

"Accession Undertaking" means a document substantially in the form set out in Annexure I (Form of Accession Undertaking);

   
2.1.2

"Additional Cedent" means any person who becomes a party to this Agreement including by entering into an Accession Undertaking;

   
2.1.3

"Agreement" means this guarantee, cession and pledge agreement and its Annexures;

   
2.1.4

"Bank Account(s)" means, in relation to each Cedent, any and all of its bank accounts maintained in South Africa from time to time, including, but not limited to, the bank account(s) listed in Part I Annexure B (Secured Property), and all amounts standing to the credit of those account(s) from time to time;

   
2.1.5

"Borrower" means DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, registration number 2005/040937/07, a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

   
2.1.6

"Ceded Rights" means in respect of each Cedent, all the Cedent's rights, title and interest, of any nature whatsoever, in and to the Secured Property, whether actual, prospective or contingent, direct or indirect, whether a claim for the payment of money (whether in respect of interest, principal or otherwise) or for the performance of any other obligation, including all rights to any Distributions made in respect of the Secured Property (or any of them), and whether or not the said rights and interests were within the contemplation of the Parties as at the Signature Date;



2

2.1.7

"Cedent" means –

 

 

2.1.7.1

the Original Cedents;

 

 

2.1.7.2

any Additional Cedent,

 

 

 

and "Cedents" means all of them, as the context may require;

 

 

2.1.8

"Claim(s)" means, in relation to each Cedent, each of its current and future claims of whatsoever nature against another person, from time to time, together with the benefit of any security interest given to the Cedent in respect of such a claim;

 

 

2.1.9

"Facility Agreement" means the agreement concluded on or about the Signature Date between, amongst others, the Agent and the Borrower pursuant to which the Lender makes a revolving credit facility available to the Borrower;

 

 

2.1.10

"Guaranteed Obligations" means all and any obligations of any nature whatsoever of the Borrower and each other Obligor to the Debt Guarantor under the Finance Documents (including the Counter-Indemnity Agreement), as well as the due and punctual payment and discharge of all amounts of any nature whatsoever which are due and payable, or which are scheduled or otherwise expressed, required or contracted to be paid or payable by the Borrower and each other Obligor to the Debt Guarantor under the Finance Documents (including the Counter-Indemnity Agreement);

 

 

2.1.11

"Guarantors" mean, collectively –

 

 

2.1.11.1

the Original Cedents (other than the Borrower); and

 

 

2.1.11.2

any Additional Cedent,

 

 

 

and "Guarantor" means any one of them, as the context may require;

 

 

2.1.12

"Independent Auditor" means such independent auditor as may be agreed between the Parties, or failing agreement within five Business Days from the date of a request by either Party for such agreement, appointed by the Executive President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants;

 

 

2.1.13

"Insurances" means, in relation to each Cedent, any contract or policy of insurance and reinsurance taken out by it or on its behalf or under which it has a right to claim, from time to time;

 

 

2.1.14

"Investments" includes, without limitation, any shares (other than any Shares), debentures, bonds, commercial paper, securities, collective investment scheme participations, certificates of deposit, and all warrants, options and other rights to subscribe for or acquire any of those instruments held by or for the benefit of each Cedent from time to time (whether directly by or to the order of the Cedent, or by any security agent, nominee, fiduciary or clearance system on its behalf);



3

2.1.15

"Parties" means the parties to this Agreement and "Party" means any of them as the context may require;

   
2.1.16

"Related Rights" means, in relation to the Secured Property –

   
2.1.16.1

any monies and proceeds (including the proceeds of a disposal or other realisation) accrued or receivable in respect of all or part thereof;

   
2.1.16.2

all rights and benefits in respect of any agreement for the disposal or other realisation thereof;

   
2.1.16.3

all contracts, warranties, remedies, Security, indemnities and other undertakings in respect thereof; and

   
2.1.16.4

any of the reversionary interests referred to in clause 6.22.3;

   
2.1.17

"Relevant Company" means –

   
2.1.17.1

the persons listed in Annexure B (Secured Property), Part II; and

   
2.1.17.2

Material Subsidiary in which an Additional Cedent holds a direct interest;

   
2.1.18

"Secured Obligations" means all present and future obligations and indebtedness of whatsoever nature and/or howsoever arising (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever, including any liability to pay damages or pursuant to enrichment) which a Cedent may now or at any time hereafter owe or have towards the Debt Guarantor under or in connection with –

   
2.1.18.1

this Agreement (including clause 3(Guarantee and Indemnity); and

   
2.1.18.2

the Finance Documents (including the Counter-Indemnity Agreement);

   
2.1.19

"Secured Property" means, in relation to each Cedent, all of its –

   
2.1.19.1

Bank Accounts;

   
2.1.19.2

Claims;

   
2.1.19.3

Insurances;

   
2.1.19.4

Investments;

   
2.1.19.5

Shares;

   
2.1.19.6

Shareholder & Group Claims;



4

2.1.19.7

Trade Receivables; and

 

 

2.1.19.8

Related Rights,

 

 

together with all of the Cedent's rights, title and interests therein and thereto and claims against any person in respect thereof, of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising (whether actual, prospective or contingent, direct or indirect, arising under common law or statute, whether a claim for the payment of money or the performance of another obligation and whether or not those rights and interests were within the contemplation of the Parties at the Signature Date) and, in each case, any property forming part thereof;

 

 

2.1.20

"Shares" means, in relation to each Cedent, all of the shares and securities of which it is, including the following –

 

 

2.1.20.1

all the shares of any class in the share capital of each Relevant Company;

 

 

2.1.20.2

all other securities in the capital of each Relevant Company (including any capitalisation shares or bonus shares issued in respect of the shares referred to in clause 2.1.20.1); and

 

 

2.1.20.3

any securities issued in substitution or exchange for the securities in clauses 2.1.20.1 and 2.1.20.2,

 

 

including all dividends (whether paid or unpaid), rights to dividends and voting rights in relation to those shares and securities;

 

 

2.1.21

"Shareholder & Group Claims" means, in relation to each Cedent, all of its current and future claims of whatsoever nature against any Relevant Company, another member of the Group and any person in which it holds any Investment, whether in the form of shareholder loans, other intercompany loans, any other form of credit provided or otherwise, together with the benefit of any security interest given to the Cedent in respect of those claims;

 

 

2.1.22

"Short-Term Insurance Act" means the Short-Term Insurance Act No. 53 of 1998;

 

 

2.1.23

"Signature Date" means the date of the signature of the Party last signing this Agreement; and

 

 

2.1.24

"Trade Receivables" means, in relation to the Cedent, all the book debts owed to the Cedent by, and all claims of the Cedent against, its trade debtors from time to time.

 

 

2.2

Construction

 

 

2.2.1

The provisions of clauses 2.2 (Construction) and 2.3 (Third Party Rights) of the Facility Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into and apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement, except that any reference in those clauses to the Facility Agreement is to be construed as a reference to this Agreement.



5

2.2.2

This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Facility Agreement and in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Facility Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

   
2.2.3

If any amount paid to the Debt Guarantor under a Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation, business rescue or administration of the payer or otherwise, then that amount will not be considered to have been irrevocably discharged for the purposes of this Agreement.

   
2.3

Finance Parties' Rights and Obligations

   
2.3.1

The obligations of the Finance Parties under this Agreement are separate and independent. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement does not affect the obligations of any other Finance Party under this Agreement. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under this Agreement.

   
2.3.2

The rights of the Finance Parties under or in connection with this Agreement are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under this Agreement to a Finance Party from the Borrower shall be a separate and independent debt.

   
3

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

   
3.1

Each Guarantor, as a principal obligor and not merely as a surety and on the basis of discrete obligations enforceable against it, irrevocably and unconditionally and jointly and severally –

   
3.1.1

guarantee to the Debt Guarantor the punctual performance of the Guaranteed Obligations;

   
3.1.2

undertake to the Debt Guarantor that whenever any Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Guaranteed Obligations, each of them shall immediately on demand by the Debt Guarantor pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

   
3.1.3

agrees with the Debt Guarantor that if any Guaranteed Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify the Debt Guarantor immediately on demand by the Debt Guarantor against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of any Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Guaranteed Obligation on the date when it would have been due (and the amount payable by either of them under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this clause 3 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee).



6

3.2

No Maximum Aggregate Liability

 

 

3.2.1

Each Guarantor shall each be liable for, and the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to, recover the full amount due by any Obligor under the Finance Documents. The Guarantee is an unlimited recourse guarantee and indemnity.

 

 

3.2.2

Subject to clause 3.2.3, the Debt Guarantor is entitled to, at any time, apply for any execution, attachment, sequestration, distress or other legal process in respect of any asset of any Guarantor.

 

 

3.2.3

Clause 3.2.2 will not prevent or restrict the Debt Guarantor from –

 

 

3.2.3.1

exercising its rights of enforcement under this Agreement;

 

 

3.2.3.2

proving or lodging a claim in the winding up or administration of a Cedent initiated by a party other than the Debt Guarantor; or

 

 

3.2.3.3

taking any proceedings to obtain a declaration or similar judgment order as to the obligations or liabilities of a Cedent under this Agreement.

 

 

3.3

Reinstatement

 

 

If any payment by any Obligor or any discharge, release or arrangement given under the Finance Documents is avoided or reduced for any reason (including as a result of insolvency, business rescue proceedings, liquidation, winding-up or otherwise), the liability of each Guarantor shall continue and the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from the Guarantors as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.

 

 

3.4

Waiver of Defences

 

 

3.4.1

The obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this clause 3.4 or otherwise, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under the Guarantee (without limitation and whether or not known to it or the Debt Guarantor) including –

 

 

3.4.1.1

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

 

3.4.1.2

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or such other person;

 

 

3.4.1.3

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, execute, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;



7

3.4.1.4

any legal limitation, incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

 

3.4.1.5

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document (or any other document or security);

 

 

3.4.1.6

any irregularity, unenforceability, illegality, invalidity, suspension or cancellation of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document (or any other document or security);

 

 

3.4.1.7

any insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, business rescue or similar proceedings (including receipt of any distribution made under or in connection with those proceedings); or

 

 

3.4.1.8

any other factor or circumstance arising on which the Cedents might otherwise be able to rely on a defence based on prescription or estoppel.

 

 

3.4.2

The amounts to be paid by the Guarantors under the Guarantee shall be unaffected by any compromise of any claim that the Debt Guarantor may have against any Obligor, whether pursuant to the adoption of a business rescue plan or otherwise.

 

 

3.4.3

If any Finance Document is amended or varied in any manner whatsoever, the Guarantee shall apply in respect of such Finance Document as amended or varied.

 

 

3.5

Deferral of Rights

 

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by any Obligor under or in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Debt Guarantor otherwise directs, the Guarantors will not, without the prior written consent of the Debt Guarantor, exercise any rights which they may have by reason of performance by them of their obligations under the Guarantee or the Security Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Agreement –

 

 

3.5.1

to be indemnified by the Borrower or any other Obligor;

 

 

3.5.2

to claim any contribution from any Obligor of or provider of Security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

 

3.5.3

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation, cession of action or otherwise) of any rights of the Debt Guarantor under the Guaranteed Obligations or of any other guarantee or Security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Guaranteed Obligations by the Debt Guarantor;



8

3.5.4

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which a Cedent has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under the Guarantee;

 

 

3.5.5

to exercise any right of set-off against the Borrower; and/or

 

 

3.5.6

to claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor or shareholder of any Obligor in competition with the Debt Guarantor.

 

 

3.6

Additional Security

 

 

The Guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or Security now or subsequently held by the Debt Guarantor. The rights of the Debt Guarantor hereunder are in addition to and not exclusive of those provided by law.

 

 

3.7

Remedies Cumulative

 

 

The rights of the Debt Guarantor under the Guarantee may be exercised as often as necessary, and are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under general law and may be waived only in writing and specifically. Any delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such rights shall not constitute a waiver of those rights.

 

 

3.8

Continuing Guarantee

 

 

 

The Guarantee –

 

 

3.8.1

is a continuing guarantee and indemnity and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Guaranteed Obligations; and

 

 

3.8.2

shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations or any fluctuation in or extension of any period whatsoever of the Guaranteed Obligations and shall terminate only upon the Discharge Date.

 

 

3.9

Additional and Separate Guarantee

 

 

The Guarantee is in addition to, and without prejudice to, and shall not merge with, any other right, remedy, guarantee or Security which the Debt Guarantor may at any time hold for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

 

3.10

Immediate Recourse

 

 

Each Guarantor waives any rights that it may have to first require the Debt Guarantor to make any demand of any other Obligors or any third party, to proceed against or claim payment from any other Obligors or any third party, to take action or obtain judgment in any court against any other Obligors or any third party, to make, file or prove any claim in the winding-up or dissolution of any other Obligors or any third party, or to enforce or seek to enforce any guarantee or Security granted by any other Obligors or any third party, before making payment under this Agreement. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of the Finance Documents to the contrary.



9

4

CESSION IN SECURITY AND PLEDGE

   

As security for the due and punctual performance of the Secured Obligations, each Cedent has agreed to pledge its Shares and Investments and to cede in securitatem debiti all its other Secured Property to the Debt Guarantor, on the terms set out in this Agreement.

   
4.1

Cession In Security and Pledge

   
4.1.1

Subject to the provisions of clause 4.2 (Nature of Cession and Pledge), each Cedent hereby irrevocably and unconditionally –


4.1.1.1

cedes in securitatem debiti and pledges (as applicable) to the Debt Guarantor all its Secured Property, in each case individually and collectively with all the other Secured Property, with effect from the Signature Date; and

   
4.1.1.2

is deemed to cede in securitatem debiti and pledge to the Debt Guarantor all Shares of which it becomes the owner from time to time or which may be issued or transferred to it in future, with effect from the date on which the Cedent acquires beneficial ownership thereof,

   

as continuing general covering security for the due, proper and timeous payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations, on the terms set out in this Agreement, which cession and pledge the Debt Guarantor accepts.

   
4.1.2

The cession in securitatem debiti and pledge (as applicable) contemplated in 4.1.1 constitutes first ranking security in favour of the Debt Guarantor in that it ranks in preference and prior to any other current or future security.

   
4.2

Nature of Cession and Pledge

   
4.2.1

The cession and pledge contemplated by this Agreement is intended to operate as a cession and a pledge of each part and all of the Shares and the other Secured Property, individually and collectively.

   
4.2.2

If, for any reason, any Security purported to be created under this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in respect of some of the Shares or the Secured Property, the pledge of those Shares and the cession of that Secured Property shall be severed from this Agreement, and this Agreement and all the Security created over the remainder of the Secured Property shall continue in full force and effect.

   
4.2.3

The cession contemplated by this Agreement operates as a security cession and not as an outright cession and each Cedent retains bare ownership (dominium) of its Secured Property, subject to the rights of the Debt Guarantor as a secured creditor.



10

4.3

Cedents remain liable to perform obligations

   

Notwithstanding any other provision of a Finance Document, the Cedents shall remain liable to perform all their duties and obligations, whether contractual or otherwise, in respect of each of their Secured Property and nothing in this Agreement or the exercise by a Finance Party of any right under a Finance Document shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a delegation to or acceptance by a Finance Party of any obligation of any Cedent or any other person.

   
5

DURATION

   

This Agreement and the Security created pursuant to this Agreement –

   
5.1

shall come into full force and effect on the Signature Date without any further action, consent or authority required from any person;

   
5.2

unless expressly otherwise agreed by the Debt Guarantor in writing, shall not terminate before the Discharge Date; and

   
5.3

shall remain of full force and effect, notwithstanding any intermediate discharge or settlement of, or temporary fluctuation in, the Guaranteed Obligations.

   
6

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE CEDENTS

   
6.1

Each Cedent makes the representations and warranties set out in this clause 6 to each Finance Party, each warranty and representation is –

   
6.1.1

is separate and distinct;

   
6.1.2

is material;

   
6.1.3

has induced the Finance Parties to enter into the Finance Documents; and

   
6.1.4

is given, save where otherwise indicated, as at the Signature Date, and shall be deemed to have been repeated on each day between the Signature Date and the Discharge Date.

   
6.2

Status

   
6.2.1

It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa and will maintain its corporate existence.

   
6.2.2

It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.



11

6.3

Binding Obligations

   
6.3.1

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

   
6.3.2

Without limiting the generality of clause 6.3.1, each Security Document to which it is a party creates the security interests which that Security Document purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective.

   
6.4

Non-Conflict with other Obligations

   

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and the granting of the Security do not and will not conflict with –

   
6.4.1

any law or regulation applicable to it;

   
6.4.2

its or any of its Subsidiaries' constitutional documents; or

   
6.4.3

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries' assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

   
6.5

Power and Authority

   

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

   
6.6

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence

   
6.6.1

All Authorisations and any other acts, conditions or things required or desirable –

   
6.6.1.1

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

   
6.6.1.2

to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in South Africa, have been obtained, effected, done, fulfilled or performed and are in full force and effect.

   
6.6.2

All Authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities by each member of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

   
6.7

Governing Law and Enforcement

   

The choice of South African law as the governing law of each Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.



12

6.8

Insolvency and Financial Distress

   
6.8.1

No –

 

6.8.1.1

corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 22.9 (Insolvency) of the Facility Agreement; or

 

6.8.1.2

creditors' process described in clause 23.8 (Creditors' Process) of the Facility Agreement,

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Cedent threatened in relation to a member of the Group and none of the circumstances contemplated in clause 22.9 (Insolvency of the Facility Agreement applies to a member of the Group.


6.8.2

It is not Financially Distressed (as defined in the Companies Act).

   
6.9

Deduction of Tax

   

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

   
6.10

No Default

   
6.10.1

No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.

   
6.10.2

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument, which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets, which are subject to or might result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
6.11

No Misleading Information

   

All written information provided by it (including its advisers) to the Agent or the Debt Guarantor under or in connection with the Finance Documents was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect.

   
6.12

Financial Statements

   
6.12.1

Its Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.

   
6.12.2

There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition.

   
6.13

Pari Passu Ranking

   

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.



13

6.14

No Proceedings Pending or Threatened

   

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change has or have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

   
6.15

No Breach of Laws

   
6.15.1

It has not breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
6.15.2

No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against it which have or are reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

   
6.16

No Immunity

   

In any proceedings taken in South Africa or in any other jurisdiction, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to any Finance Document.

   
6.17

Taxation

   
6.17.1

It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of any Taxes.

   
6.17.2

No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it with respect to Taxes.

   
6.18

Anti-Corruption Law

   

It has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintains as at the Signature Date policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

   
6.19

Security and Financial Indebtedness

   

Subject in each case to any registration specifically required by law, each Security Document validly creates the Security interest which is expressed to be created by that Security Document.

   
6.20

Ranking

   

The Security has or will have the ranking in priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.



14

6.21

Ownership

   

It is the sole, absolute, legal and, where applicable, beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant Security free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than Security permitted under clause 22.8 (Negative Pledge) of the Facility Agreement.

   
6.22

Shares

   
6.22.1

The Shares and the shares of each Obligor are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

   
6.22.2

There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of each Obligor (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

   
6.22.3

No part of the Shares and the shares of each Obligor has been pledged, ceded (either outright or as security), discounted, factored, mortgaged under notarial bond or otherwise, or otherwise disposed of or hypothecated, nor is it subject to any other right or claim in favour of any person (including any rights of pre-emption) which would apply on enforcement by the Debt Guarantor of its rights under this Agreement. If any of the Shares and the shares of each Obligor is subject to any Security in breach of this representation and warranty then, without prejudice to any other rights that the Debt Guarantor may have, any reversionary or other interests the Cedent may have in the said Shares are also ceded in securitatem debiti and pledged to the Debt Guarantor.

   
6.23

No Adverse Consequences

   

It is not necessary under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation -

   
6.23.1

in order to enable the Debt Guarantor to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

   
6.23.2

by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

that the Debt Guarantor should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in such jurisdiction.

6.24

Repetition

   

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Cedent by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.



15

7

UNDERTAKINGS BY THE CEDENTS

   
7.1

General

   

The Cedents are bound by the undertakings set out in this clause 7 relating to it. The undertakings in this clause 7 remain in force from the Signature Date until the Discharge Date.

   
7.2

Negative Pledge

   
7.2.1

No Cedent shall grant any further Security over any Secured Property or dispose of its Secured Property in any manner without the express prior consent of the Debt Guarantor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

   
7.2.2

Each Cedent shall at all times keep its Secured Property free of judicial attachments and other Security.

   
7.3

Preservation of Secured Property

   
7.3.1

Each Cedent undertakes –

   
7.3.1.1

to the extent reasonably possible, that it shall not permit any depreciation of the value of, or a variation of rights relating to, the Secured Property or any of them to occur;


7.3.1.2

not to do any wilful act or suffer any wilful omission, or wilfully permit any other person to do any act or suffer any omission, which will have or may be calculated to have the effect of materially diminishing or adversely affecting the rights of the Debt Guarantor hereunder or the value or effectiveness of the security conferred by the cession in securitatem debiti and pledge of the Ceded Rights in terms of this Agreement;

   
7.3.1.3

to take all appropriate steps required from time to time for the care, preservation and protection of the Secured Property and the rights of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement; and

   
7.3.1.4

timeously to comply in full with all its obligations in respect of the Secured Property, from time to time.

   
7.3.2

The Cedent waives for the benefit of the Debt Guarantor any and all rights it may have in respect of the Secured Property which conflict with or which may restrict the rights of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement.

   
7.4

Insurances: Notice under the Short-Term Insurance Act

   
7.4.1

Each Cedent confirms, in respect of all Insurances required to be maintained by it under this Agreement, that it is aware and fully appraised of the following choices it has under section 43 of the Short-Term Insurance Act –



16

7.4.1.1

a choice of entering into a new policy contract, making available an existing policy contract or using a combination of those options;

 

7.4.1.2

a choice as to the identity of the insurer (if a new policy contract is to be entered into) and the person (if any) who is to render services as intermediary in connection with the transaction; and

 

7.4.1.3

subject to the provisions of this Agreement, a choice as to whether or not the value of the relevant policy contracts will exceed the value of the interests of the Debt Guarantor.

 

7.4.2

This clause 7.4.2 constitutes written notification to each Cedent of its rights under section 43 of the Short-term Insurance Act. Regardless of the sequence in which the Finance Documents are executed, no benefits under any policy contract made available to the Debt Guarantor under a Finance Document shall accrue to the Debt Guarantor before the Signature Date.

 

7.4.3

Each Cedent confirms that it exercised its freedom of choice under section 43 of the Short-Term Insurance Act and that it was not subject to any coercion or inducement as to the manner in which that freedom of choice was exercised.

 

7.5

Shares and Investments

 

Except with the express prior written consent of the Debt Guarantor or as otherwise contemplated in the Finance Documents, no Cedent shall allow any alteration to the authorised or issued share capital (including the issue of any new shares) of any Relevant Company.

 

7.6

Further Undertakings

 

 

Each Cedent undertakes and agrees –

 

7.6.1

in respect of the Ceded Rights for which the Cedent may hold promissory notes, bills of exchange, cheques or other liquid documents, not to pledge or otherwise encumber such promissory notes, bills of exchange, cheques or other liquid documents;

 

7.6.2

not to exercise any or all rights in respect of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights which it may have which will be in conflict with the rights of the Debt Guarantor in terms of this Agreement;

 

7.6.3

to sign all other documents which the Debt Guarantor may require in order to give effect to this Agreement;

 

7.6.4

from time to time, and within three Business Days of written demand by the Debt Guarantor, to make such entries in or endorsements on its records relating to this Agreement as the Debt Guarantor may reasonably require;



17

7.6.5

that it may not cede, assign, transfer or pledge or in any other manner encumber or deal with the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights without the prior written consent of the Debt Guarantor, save with the prior written consent of the Agent and the Debt Guarantor;

 

7.6.6

to allow the Debt Guarantor and/or its duly authorised representatives, upon reasonable written notice by the Debt Guarantor, such reasonable rights of access to and right of inspection of such of its books, records and financial information as the Debt Guarantor may from time to time reasonably require for purposes of ascertaining or verifying any information with regard to the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights; and

 

7.6.7

upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, it will forthwith pay over to the Debt Guarantor any interest, dividend or other benefits of any nature accrued and/or received in respect of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights on and after the date of occurrence of such Event of Default, by depositing the same into a nominated account as the Debt Guarantor may from time to time direct in writing.

 

7.7

Amounts received on account of Secured Property

 

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Cedent shall forthwith pay and transfer to the Debt Guarantor or its order, and place it in possession of, all cash and other assets received in respect of the Secured Property in discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

8

DIVIDENDS, VOTING AND CEDED RIGHTS

 

8.1

Notwithstanding that the rights to receive all and any amounts (including without limitation dividends) payable in respect of the Ceded Rights and the Secured Property and to vote in respect of the Ceded Rights and the Secured Property, as well as all other rights, title and interest in and to the Ceded Rights and the Secured Property, are ceded in securitatem debiti and pledged to the Debt Guarantor under and in terms of this Agreement, each Cedent shall be entitled, subject to the provisions of the Finance Documents and clause 13.2 (Enforcement) to –

 

8.1.1

exercise all rights (including voting rights) in respect of the Secured Property; and

 

8.1.2

collect and receive and retain, in its own name, all Distributions and other amounts payable in respect of the Ceded Rights and the Secured Property,

 

until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing entitling the Debt Guarantor to exercise its rights under this Agreement on account of the Secured Property and the Ceded Rights, in which event the Cedent's rights under and in terms of this clause 8 in relation to the Secured Property and Ceded Rights shall automatically terminate, provided that in the event of the remedy of such circumstances (if capable of remedy) to the satisfaction of the Debt Guarantor, the Cedent's rights under and in terms of this clause 8 shall be reinstated upon receipt of written notice to that effect from the Debt Guarantor.



18

9

CONTINUING COVERING SECURITY

   

The obligations of each Cedent as contemplated in this Agreement are irrevocable and shall operate as continuing covering security for the Cedent's obligations under and in terms of the Secured Obligations, and shall, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, continue to be of full force and effect until the Discharge Date notwithstanding –

   
9.1

any intermediate discharge or settlement of, or fluctuation in the Cedent's obligations arising under or in connection with the Secured Obligations in which event the cession and pledge contained in this Agreement shall operate as security for any indebtedness of the Cedent, subsequently arising in favour of the Debt Guarantor;

   
9.2

the Cedent's legal disability and/or any variation or amendment of or addition to or deletion from or cancellation or termination of any agreement giving rise to any of the rights of the Debt Guarantor against the Cedent;

   
9.3

any latitude, indulgence or extension of time which may be allowed or shown by the Debt Guarantor;

   
9.4

the receipt by the Debt Guarantor of any dividend or benefit in any insolvency, liquidation, business rescue proceedings or any compromise or composition whether in terms of any statutory enforcement or the common law; and/or

   
9.5

the release by the Debt Guarantor, in whole or in part, of any security and/or the release of the Cedent from some, but not all, of the applicable Secured Obligations.

   
10

PERFECTION AND DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

   
10.1

General

   

The documents set out in this clause 10 shall be delivered to the Agent as follows –

   
10.1.1

in the case of each Original Cedent, by no later than the Longstop Date;

   
10.1.2

in respect of an Additional Cedent, as soon as reasonably no later than five Business Days after that Additional Cedent accedes to this Agreement; and

   
10.1.3

in respect of Secured Property subsequently acquired by any Cedent or otherwise arising before the Discharge Date, as soon as reasonably possible after that property becomes Secured Property.

   
10.2

Shares and Shareholder & Group Claims

   
10.2.1

Each Cedent shall deliver to the Agent in respect of all the Shares and Shareholder & Group Claims –



19

10.2.1.1

to the extent that the applicable Relevant Company is not a Party, a copy of a notice by the Cedent to such Relevant Company of the cession and pledge under this Agreement, together with an acknowledgement of that notice signed by that Relevant Company, in each case substantially in the forms set out in Annexure C (Form of Notice – Shares and Claims) and Annexure D (Form of Acknowledgment – Shares and Claims), respectively;

 

 

10.2.1.2

the original share certificates in respect of those Shares;

 

 

10.2.1.3

securities transfer forms in respect of those Shares, undated and duly signed by the Cedent as transferor and left blank as to transferee; and

 

 

10.2.1.4

if required, written waivers or consents as required by all the other shareholders of the Relevant Company in terms of which, inter alia, each such shareholder waives any and all pre-emptive or similar rights which that shareholder may have in respect of any disposal or transfer of the Shares pursuant to an enforcement by the Debt Guarantor of its rights and remedies under and in terms of this Agreement, to the Agent's satisfaction.

 

 

10.2.2

The Cedents shall deliver to Agent any other documents relating to the Pledged Shares and/or the Ceded Rights for which any Finance Party may at any time reasonably call, which documents shall be delivered to the Agent within a reasonable period, as agreed with the Agent, and failing such agreement, within five Business Days.

 

 

10.2.3

The conclusion of this Agreement by any Relevant Company shall be sufficient notice and acknowledgement of the cession and pledge by the relevant Cedent of its Shares and Related Rights in such Relevant Company.

 

 

10.3

Bank Accounts

 

 

Each Cedent shall deliver to the Agent, in respect of each of the Bank Accounts it maintains, a copy of a notice to the relevant account banks of the cession and pledge of its Bank Accounts and related Secured Property under this Agreement, together with an acknowledgement of that notice signed by each of those banks, in each case substantially in the form of Annexure E (Form of Notice – Banks Accounts) and Annexure F (Form of Acknowledgment – Bank Accounts).

 

 

10.4

Insurances

 

 

 

Each Cedent shall deliver to the Agent in respect of all its Insurances –

 

 

10.4.1

a copy of the relevant contract or policy of insurance;

 

 

10.4.2

in respect of each of the Insurances, a copy of a notice to the relevant insurer of the cession and pledge of its Insurances and related Secured Property under this Agreement, together with an acknowledgement of that notice signed by each of those insurers, in each case substantially in the form of Annexure G (Form of Notice - Insurances) and Annexure H (Form of Acknowledgment - Insurances) along with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that its insurer (or its insurance broker) has noted the interests of the Debt Guarantor on the relevant insurance policies.



20

10.5

Other requirements

 

 

10.5.1

Each Cedent shall deliver to the Agent, by no later than the Longstop Date, a list of the Secured Property detailed below as at the date of that request, which list shall be certified true and correct by a director of the Cedent and shall describe each part of the following Secured Property in reasonable detail, and shall in particular –

 

 

10.5.1.1

in respect of its Trade Receivables and Claims, set out a description of each claim which constitutes a Trade Receivable or Claim, the name of the debtor, the amount owing by each debtor and the due date for payment of that amount;

 

 

10.5.1.2

in respect of its Bank Accounts, set out the name of the bank, the account number and the latest available balance of monies standing to the credit or debit of that account; and

 

 

10.5.1.3

in respect of its Investments, set out a description of each Investment and the current value or balance of each such Investment.

 

 

10.5.2

If any Secured Property, or part thereof, is evidenced by a document, or when any Cedent holds security for any obligation owed to it in respect of Secured Property and that security is evidenced by a document, such Cedent shall, at the request of the Debt Guarantor, deliver a certified copy of that document to the Debt Guarantor within five Business Days of request therefor.

 

 

10.6

The Agent may retain possession of all documents delivered to it under this clause 10 and deal with them in accordance with the Finance Documents until the Discharge Date, after which they shall be returned to the relevant Cedent as soon as reasonably possible.

 

 

10.7

Each Cedent shall deliver to the Agent any other documents relating to the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights for which any Finance Party may at any time reasonably call, which documents shall be delivered to Agent within such period as may be agreed between the Agent and the relevant Cedent, and failing such agreement, within five Business Days of written demand by the Agent.

 

 

11

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF PLEDGE

 

 

 

Each Cedent hereby –



21

11.1

to the extent that the shares held by any other Cedent in it are pledged under this Agreement; and

   
11.2

in the event of the Debt Guarantor exercising its rights under this Agreement,

irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to –

   
11.2.1

give effect thereto and to perform its obligations in relation to the Pledged Shares and/or Ceded Rights to and in favour of the Debt Guarantor; and

   
11.2.2

recognise any person to whom the Pledged Shares and/or Ceded Rights are to be transferred and approve the transfer to that person.

   
12

RIGHTS OF THE CEDENTS BEFORE AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

   
12.1

Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Cedent is entitled, at its own cost, to –

   
12.1.1

enforce and receive payment for, delivery of or performance in respect of all amounts or obligations owing in respect of the Secured Property in the ordinary course of business and, subject to the Finance Documents, to appropriate amounts so recovered to its own use, including any dividends or other benefits in respect of its Shares and Investments;

   
12.1.2

receive notice of every general meeting of shareholders of a Relevant Company or another company in which it holds an Investment (provided that each such notice are to be forwarded to the Debt Guarantor as if it were a shareholder of the Relevant Company or such other company where such documents do, or are reasonably likely to, affect the interests of the Debt Guarantor); and

   
12.1.3

attend every general meeting of the shareholders of a Relevant Company or another company in which it holds an Investment, and exercise all the votes attaching to the Shares and Investments at such meetings (provided that it will not exercise those votes in a manner which is reasonably likely to (a) be materially prejudicial to the validity or enforceability of this Agreement; (b) materially impair the value of any Shares or Investments; or (c) be otherwise materially prejudicial to the Debt Guarantor).

   
12.2

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all rights, powers and privileges attaching to the Secured Property, including, but not limited to those set out in clause 12.1, shall vest in the Debt Guarantor with the power to exercise them either in its own name or in the name of any Cedent or, if the Debt Guarantor so directs upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that has occurred and which is continuing, the applicable Cedent shall exercise the Debt Guarantor's rights, powers and privileges in its own name and to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law.



22

13

ENFORCEMENT

 

 

13.1

Rights of the Debt Guarantor

 

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing –

 

 

13.1.1

the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to pursue any remedy available to it in law including, but not limited to, any one of the forms of relief set out in clauses 13.1.2 to 13.2 inclusive;

 

 

13.1.2

the Debt Guarantor may, in its discretion, effect transfer of the Secured Property (or any of them) and/or an outright cession of the Ceded Rights (or any of them) into the Debt Guarantor's own name (or the name of its nominee(s)), with the intention to do so not as beneficial owner but as a temporary repository pending disposal of such Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights or pending the realisation of the applicable Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights or the underlying value thereof, in pursuance of the pledge and cession recorded in this Agreement, whether in terms of clauses 13.1.3 or 13.1.4;

 

 

13.1.3

whether or not the Debt Guarantor has effected transfer of the Secured Property (or any of them) and/or an outright cession of the Ceded Rights (or any of them) in terms of clause 13.1.2, it may elect to effect transfer of the applicable Secured Property and/or an outright cession of the applicable Ceded Rights into its name (or the name of its nominee(s)) as beneficial owner(s), to the extent permitted in law, in which event a fair market value of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights, as the case may be, at the time the election is made, shall be agreed in writing between the Parties. Failing written agreement as to the applicable fair market value within five Business Days of the Debt Guarantor's aforesaid election, the fair market value of the applicable Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights, as the case may be, will be determined by an Independent Auditor, which Independent Auditor shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator. Any amount by which the fair market value of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights (determined in accordance with this clause 13.1.3) exceeds the amounts owing by the Cedents to the Debt Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be paid by the Debt Guarantor to the Cedents within five Business Days of the agreement as to, or the determination of, the fair market value therefor, provided that the Cedent shall be liable for any shortfall in respect of such amounts. The Cedents shall be responsible for and shall pay such Independent Auditor's charges for determining the fair market value for the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights, as the case may be. If the Debt Guarantor shall have paid the Independent Auditor, the same shall be recoverable from the Cedent on demand;

 

 

13.1.4

without first obtaining an order of court, the Debt Guarantor shall, to the extent permitted in law, be entitled to –



23

13.1.4.1

exercise all the rights, powers and privileges attaching to the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them);

 

 

13.1.4.2

sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of or realise the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them), or to realise the underlying value of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them) in such manner by public auction or by private treaty and on such terms as may appear to it most expedient;

 

 

13.1.4.3

institute legal proceedings which it may deem necessary in connection with the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them);

 

 

13.1.4.4

give good, valid and sufficient receipts and discharges for the purchase price or proceeds of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights (or any of them) or the proceeds of any underlying assets;

 

 

13.1.4.5

effect transfer of the Secured Property (or any of them) and/or convey valid title in the Ceded Rights (or any of them) on behalf of the Cedent, including by using the power of attorney granted to the Debt Guarantor in terms of clause 15 (Power of Attorney).

 

 

13.2

The Parties agree that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to exercise the rights (including, if applicable, the voting rights) attaching to the Secured Property, and/or to receive all Distributions payable in respect of the Secured Property.

 

 

13.3

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Debt Guarantor shall not be obliged to take any particular steps to collect or otherwise enforce its rights in respect of any of the Secured Property and/or the Ceded Rights.

 

 

13.4

Undertakings by the Cedents in respect of Realisation

 

 

On the Debt Guarantor taking any action under clause 13.1 (Rights of the Debt Guarantor), or otherwise as required by the Debt Guarantor if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Cedent shall on demand by the Debt Guarantor —

 

 

13.4.1

give written notice to all persons required by the Debt Guarantor that payment for, delivery of or performance in respect of the relevant, Secured Property shall be made to the Debt Guarantor and that payment, delivery or performance to the relevant Cedent or to anyone else will not constitute valid payment, delivery or performance, and the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to do likewise. The Cedent shall on demand by the Debt Guarantor provide proof that such notification has been duly given;

 

 

13.4.2

refuse to accept any payment, delivery, or performance tendered in respect of any of the Secured Property and order that such payment, delivery or performance be tendered to the Debt Guarantor;



24

13.4.3

forthwith pay over or deliver to the Debt Guarantor any interest, dividend, negotiable instruments or other monetary benefits of any nature accrued or received in respect of the Secured Property after the date of an Event of Default by depositing the same into any bank account in South Africa nominated by the Debt Guarantor;

 

 

13.4.4

deliver to the Debt Guarantor any property which the Cedent acquires or which accrues to it in connection with the Secured Property;

 

 

13.4.5

at its own cost, carry out any lawful directions the Debt Guarantor may give in regard to the realisation of the Secured Property and sign any document or do any other lawful act necessary to (a) vest the Secured Property in the Debt Guarantor; (b) enable any sale, purchase or other realisation or transfer of Secured Property, or (c) perfect and complete (to the extent necessary) the cession and pledge of any Secured Property under this Agreement.

 

 

13.5

No obligation on the Debt Guarantor

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Debt Guarantor shall not be obliged to take any steps to preserve, protect, collect, recover or otherwise enforce its rights under or in respect of the Secured Property.

 

 

14

APPROPRIATION OF PROCEEDS

 

 

Subject to the Facility Agreement, the Debt Guarantor shall apply the net proceeds of all amounts received pursuant to the sale or other realisation of Secured Property or from the appropriation of cash amounts which constitute Secured Property under this Agreement (after deducting all properly evidenced costs and expenses incurred by the Debt Guarantor in relation to that sale or realisation) in reduction or discharge of the Secured Obligations in such order and in such manner as the Debt Guarantor deems fit. Any amount remaining thereafter shall be paid to the relevant Cedent within fifteen Business Days of the Discharge Date.

 

 

15

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

 

Each Cedent hereby irrevocably and severally appoints the Debt Guarantor and any of its delegates or sub-delegates to be its attorney to take any action which such Cedent is obliged to take under this Agreement but has failed to take. Each Cedent ratifies and confirms whatever any attorney does or purports to do pursuant to its appointment under this clause.

 

 

16

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

 

Each Cedent shall generally promptly do everything that may be reasonably required in order to comply with its obligations under this Agreement and as may otherwise be reasonably required by the Debt Guarantor for the purposes of and to give effect to this Agreement, failing which the Debt Guarantor may, to the extent possible, attend thereto on behalf of the relevant Cedent and recover on demand from such Cedent any expenses incurred in relation thereto. In particular, the Cedent shall execute and do all such acts and things as the Debt Guarantor, in its reasonable discretion, may require –



25

16.1

to perfect or protect the Security created (or purported to be created) by this Agreement;

   
16.2

to preserve or protect any of the rights of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement;

   
16.3

to enforce any Security created under this Agreement on or at any time after it becomes enforceable;

   
16.4

for the exercise of any power, authority or discretion vested in the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement;

   
16.5

to carry out the effect, intent and purpose of this Agreement,

   

in any such case, forthwith upon demand by the Debt Guarantor to the maximum extent permitted by law and at the expense of the Cedent.

   
17

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS

   

The rights conferred on the Debt Guarantor by this Agreement are additional to and not in substitution for –

   
17.1

any other rights the Debt Guarantor has, or may at any time in the future have, against any Cedent or any other person; and

   
17.2

any other security held or hereafter to be held by the Debt Guarantor from any Cedent, or any other person, in connection with the Secured Obligations. The Debt Guarantor may release any security held by it without prejudice to its rights under this Agreement.

   
18

WAIVER AND INDEMNITY

   

Each Cedent hereby –

   
18.1

agrees that the Debt Guarantor shall not be responsible for any loss from the disposal or sale of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement howsoever arising, or for any reduction in the value of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them, unless such loss or reduction in value is occasioned by the wilful default and/or gross negligence of the Debt Guarantor;

   
18.2

absolves the Debt Guarantor from all liability whatsoever should it fail to collect any dividends or other benefits (however named or described, without any exception) arising from or by virtue of the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them, or should it fail to take up any rights issued or granted in relation to the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them, or in any way fail or omit to protect its or any of the Cedent's interests relating to the Secured Property and/or Ceded Rights and/or any of them; and



26

18.3

absolves and indemnifies the Debt Guarantor and its directors, officers, employees, representatives and advisers from and against any loss or damage (including any, consequential loss or damage) or otherwise, suffered by the Cedent arising from any cause in connection with this Agreement, whether the loss or damage results from contract, delict, negligence or any other cause and whether this Agreement has been terminated or not, save for any loss or damages arising as a result of the gross negligence, fraud or wilful misconduct of the Debt Guarantor or its directors, employees, representatives and advisers.

   
19

CEDENTS BOUND NOTWITHSTANDING CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

   
19.1

Each Cedent agrees that on the Signature Date, it will be bound under this Agreement to the full extent hereof, despite the fact that –

   
19.1.1

any additional security from the Cedent or any other person for the Secured Obligations may not be obtained or may be released or may cease to be held for any other reason;

   
19.1.2

the Finance Parties may agree any variation or novation of the Finance Documents (including any amendment providing for the increase in the amount of a Facility or an additional facility);

   
19.1.3

insolvency, administration, business rescue, reorganisation, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceedings have been instituted by or against the Cedent or any other person;

   
19.1.4

any Finance Party may receive a dividend or benefit in any insolvency, liquidation, business rescue or any compromise or composition, whether in terms of any statutory enforcement or the common law;

   
19.1.5

the Debt Guarantor may grant any indulgences to the Cedent or may not exercise any one or more of its rights under the Finance Documents, either timeously or at all; or

   
19.1.6

any other fact or circumstance may arise on which the Cedent might otherwise be able to rely on a defence based on prejudice, waiver or estoppel.

   
19.2

If the Cedent suffers any loss arising from any of the facts, circumstances, acts or omissions referred to above, it will have no claim against any Finance Party in respect thereof.

   
20

KEEPING, INSPECTION AND DELIVERY OF RECORDS

   
20.1

Each Cedent shall at all times keep up to date records of the Secured Property and shall comply with any reasonable directions the Debt Guarantor may give in regard to the keeping of such records.



27

20.2

The Debt Guarantor or anyone authorised by the Debt Guarantor may at any time and on reasonable notice inspect any Cedent's books of account and other records relating to the Secured Property including books of account and records in the possession of a third party.

 

 

20.3

If the Debt Guarantor at any time so requests, the appplicable Cedent shall at its own cost deliver to the Debt Guarantor or its order certified copies of any of the books and records referred to in clauses 20.1 and 20.2.

 

 

21

EXEMPTION FROM LIABILITY

 

 

A Finance Party, its officers, trustees, agents, beneficiaries, employees and advisors shall not be liable for any loss or damage, whether direct, indirect, consequential or otherwise, suffered by any Cedent howsoever arising in connection with this Agreement, whether that loss or damage arises as a result of a breach of contract (whether total, fundamental or otherwise), delict or any other cause and whether this Agreement has been terminated or not, other than as a result of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Finance Party.

 

 

22

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

 

22.1

Transfers by the Debt Guarantor

 

 

22.1.1

Subject to the Finance Documents, the Debt Guarantor may cede any of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any person to whom it cedes any of its rights and/or delegates any of its obligations under the Finance Documents. The Cedents agree to co-operate and take all such steps as the Debt Guarantor may reasonably request to give effect to any such cession or delegation.

 

 

22.1.2

The Cedents agrees to any splitting of claims which may arise from such a cession.

 

 

22.2

Transfers by the Cedents

 

 

No Cedent may cede any of its rights nor delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

23

SEVERABILITY

 

 

Each term of this Agreement, whether forming an entire clause or only part of a clause, is divisible and severable from all the other terms (regardless of the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically). If a term or provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, that will not affect –

 

 

23.1

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other term or provision of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect, and such illegal, invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be severed from this Agreement; or



28

23.2

the legality, validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other term of this Agreement,

   

and in particular, the Debt Guarantor shall be entitled to deal with its rights in respect of the Secured Property in such manner as is sanctioned or approved in terms of a court order or as is otherwise legally permissible.

   
24

REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

   

The rights of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement may be exercised as often as necessary and are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under general law or under any other Finance Document.

   
25

MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

   
25.1

Rights and Remedies

   
25.1.1

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement –

   
25.1.1.1

are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under general law;

   
25.1.1.2

may be exercised as often as the Debt Guarantor requires; and

   
25.1.1.3

may be waived only in writing.

   
25.1.2

Delay in the exercise or non-exercise of any right or remedy of the Debt Guarantor under this Agreement is not a waiver of that right.

   
25.2

Amendment Costs

   
25.2.1

If any Cedent requests an amendment, waiver or consent, such Cedent shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Debt Guarantor for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Debt Guarantor in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

   
25.2.2

If there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, the Cedents shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Debt Guarantor for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Debt Guarantor in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such requirement.

   
25.3

Set-Off

   

The Debt Guarantor may set off any matured obligation due from any Cedent under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by the Debt Guarantor) against any matured obligation owed by the Debt Guarantor the Cedent, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Debt Guarantor may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.



29

26

NOTICES

   
26.1

Communications in Writing

   

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

   
26.2

Addresses

   

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement is –

   
26.2.1

in the case of the Debt Guarantor –


  Physical address: 3rd Floor, 200 on Main
     
    Corner of Main and Bowwood Roads
     
    Claremont
     
    7708
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: Managing Director;

26.2.2

in the case of the Agent –


  Physical address: 14th Floor, 1 Merchant Place
     
    1 Fredman Drive
     
  Sandton  
     
    2196
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: Theresa Rheeder;

26.2.3

in the case of each Cedent, that set out opposite its name in Part I of Annexure A (The Cedents),

   

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.



30

26.3

Domicilia

 

 

26.3.1

Each of the Parties chooses its physical address provided under or in connection with clause 26.2 as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with this Agreement may be served.

 

 

26.3.2

Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante, in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties pursuant to clause 26.4.

 

 

26.4

Delivery

 

 

26.4.1

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with this Agreement will –

 

 

26.4.1.1

if by way of email, be deemed to have been received on the date of transmission;

 

 

26.4.1.2

if by way of fax, be deemed to have been received on the first Business Day following the date of transmission provided that the fax is received in legible form;

 

 

26.4.1.3

if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery; and

 

 

if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending

 

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 26.2 (Addresses) above, if addressed to that department or officer.

 

 

26.4.2

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Finance Party will be effective only when actually received by that Finance Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified under clause 26.2 (Addresses) above (or any substitute department or officer as that Finance Party shall specify for this purpose).

 

 

26.4.3

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with clauses 26.4.1.1 to 26.4.1.3 above, after 17h00 in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

 

26.5

Electronic Communication

 

 

26.5.1

The Parties confirm that any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website).

 

 

26.5.2

The Parties agree that –



31

26.5.2.1

they will notify the other Parties in writing of any information required to enable the transmission of information by electronic means; and

 

 

26.5.2.2

they will notify the other Parties in writing of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

 

26.5.3

Any electronic communication as specified in clause 26.5.1 above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

 

26.5.4

Any reference in this Agreement to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this clause 26.5.

 

 

26.6

English Language

 

 

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

 

27

CALCULATION AND CERTIFICATES

 

 

27.1

Accounts

 

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Finance Parties are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

 

27.2

Certificates and Determinations

 

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

 

27.3

Day Count Convention

 

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).

 

 

28

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

 

If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term "inoperable" in this clause 28 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.



32

29

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

   

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Debt Guarantor, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

   
30

AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND EXTENSIONS

   
30.1

Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Agent and the Cedent and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

   
30.2

No amendment or waiver contemplated by this clause 30 shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the relevant Parties.

   
30.3

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder or enforcement of any right arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party shall under any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party's rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of this Agreement.

   
31

RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS

   

Each Cedent renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi, non causa debiti, non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

   
32

COUNTERPARTS

   

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

   
33

WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

   

Each Cedent irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.



33

34

SOLE AGREEMENT

   

This Agreement constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

   
35

NO IMPLIED TERMS

   

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in this Agreement in regard to the subject matter hereof.

   
36

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

   

Each Cedent acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of this Agreement and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, each Cedent acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Agreement.

   
37

GOVERNING LAW

   

This Agreement is governed by South African law.

   
38

JURISDICTION

   
38.1

The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Division, (Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement).

   
38.2

The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes in relation to this Agreement and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.



SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
/s/ A. J. Dunn
Signature
 
A. J. Dunn
Name of Signatory
 
CEO
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Cape Town on 07 June 2018

For and on behalf of
K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
/s/ Rozanne Kamalie
Signature
 
Rozanne Kamalie
Name of Signatory
 
Director
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (ACTING
THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK
DIVISION)
 
 
/s/ Robert Leon
Signature
 
Robert Leon
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
Designation of Signatory
 
 
 
/s/ Jon Chowthee
Signature
 
Jon Chowthee
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
DNI RETAIL PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
/s/ D. A. Smaldon
Signature
 
D. A. Smaldon
Name of Signatory
 
Director
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
INTERNATIONAL TOWER
CORPORATION PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
/s/ D. A. Smaldon
Signature
 
D. A. Smaldon
Name of Signatory
 
Director
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
THE STARTERPACK COMPANY
PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
/s/ D. A. Smaldon
Signature
 
D. A. Smaldon
Name of Signatory
 
Director
Designation of Signatory


Annexure A

THE ORIGINAL CEDENTS

  NAME REGISTRATION NUMBER ADDRESSES
 1 DNI 4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited 2005/040937/07 Physical address: 23/25 Commerce Crescent, Kramerville, 2031
      Fax number: xxx
      Email address: xxx / xxx
      Attention: Dave Smaldon
 2 DNI Retail Proprietary Limited 2002/014708/07 Physical address: 25 Commerce Crescent, Kramerville, Sandton,
      2090
      Email address: xxx / xxx
      Attention: The Directors
3 International Tower Corporation Proprietary Limited 2015/421641/07 Physical address: 25 Commerce Crescent, Kramerville, Sandton, 2090
      Fax number: xxx
      Email address: xxx
      Attention: The Directors
 4 The Starterpack Company Proprietary Limited 2007/010809/07 Physical address: No. 4 Monza Close, Kyalami Business Park
      Email address: xxx / xxx
      Attention: The Directors


Annexure B

SECURED PROPERTY

Part I – Bank Accounts

1

DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited –


  1.1 Bank []
    Account Name []
    Account Number []
    Branch Code []
  1.2 Bank []
    Account Name []
    Account Number []
    Branch Code []

2

DNI Retail Proprietary Limited –


  2.1 Bank []
    Account Name []
    Account Number []
    Branch Code []
  2.2 Bank []
    Account Name []
    Account Number []
    Branch Code []

3

International Tower Corporation Proprietary Limited –


  3.1 Bank []
    Account Name []
    Account Number []
    Branch Code []
  3.2 Bank []
    Account Name []
    Account Number []
    Branch Code []



4

The Starterpack Company Proprietary Limited –


  4.1 Bank []
    Account Name []
    Account Number []
    Branch Code []
  4.2 Bank []
    Account Name []
    Account Number []
    Branch Code []

Part II – Relevant Company(ies)

    NAME REGISTRATION NUMBER
  1 DNI Retail Proprietary Limited 2002/014708/07
  2 International Tower Corporation Proprietary Limited 2015/421641/07
  3 The Starterpack Company Proprietary Limited 2007/010809/07


Annexure C

FORM OF NOTICE - SHARES AND CLAIMS

To: [] Proprietary Limited ("Company")
   
From: [] Proprietary Limited ("Cedent")
   
Copy: FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent ("RMB")
   
And: K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Debt Guarantor")
   
Date: []

Dear Sirs

Cession and Pledge in Security concluded on or about [] between the Cedent and the Debt Guarantor ("Cession & Pledge")

4

We refer to the Cession & Pledge (a copy of which is attached for your records).

   
5

Terms and expressions defined in the Cession & Pledge have the same meaning where used in this letter.

   
6

The Cedent hereby gives the Company notice of the following —

   
6.1

the Cedent has ceded in securitatem debiti and pledged to the Debt Guarantor all its Ceded Rights and Pledged Shares ("Pledged Shares and Claims"); and

   
6.2

with effect from the date on which the Debt Guarantor notifies you in writing that an Event of Default is continuing, and thereafter until otherwise notified by the Debt Guarantor, you must make all payments to be made to the Cedent in respect of the Pledged Shares and Claims direct to the Debt Guarantor by payment into any bank account nominated by the Debt Guarantor in writing.

   
7

The instructions in this letter may not be revoked or amended without the prior written consent of the Debt Guarantor.

   
8

This letter is governed by the laws of South Africa.

   
9

Please send the attached acknowledgement confirming your agreement to the above to the Agent at [insert email address of the Agent], with a copy to ourselves and the Debt Guarnator.

Yours faithfully

 
For and on behalf of
 
[] PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto


Annexure D

FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT - SHARES AND CLAIMS

To: FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent ("RMB")
   
Copy: K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Debt Guarantor")
   
And: [] Proprietary Limited ("Cedent")
   
From: [] Proprietary Limited ("Company")
   
Date: []

Dear Sirs

Acknowledgement of Cession and Pledge

1

We refer to the notice of cession and pledge dated [] 2018 ("Security Notice"), attaching a copy of a written cession and pledge in security given by the Cedent in favour of the Debt Guarantor ("Cession & Pledge").

   
2

Terms and expressions defined in the Security Notice have the same meaning where used in this letter.

   
3

The Company acknowledges receipt of the Security Notice and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally confirms its consent to, and acknowledges and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof.

   
4

In the event of you exercising your rights under the Cession & Pledge, the Company irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to –

   
4.1

give effect thereto and to perform our obligations in relation to the Pledged Shares and Claims to and in favour of the Debt Guarantor; and

   
4.2

recognise any person to whom the Pledged Shares and Claims are to be transferred and approve the transfer to that person.

Yours faithfully

 
For and on behalf of
 
[] PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto


Annexure E

FORM OF NOTICE – BANK ACCOUNTS

To: [insert name of bank]
   
From: [] Proprietary Limited ("Cedent")
   
Copy: FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent ("RMB")
   
And: K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Debt Guarantor")
   
Date: []

Dear Sirs

Guarantee, Cession and Pledge Agreement, dated [] by, inter alia, the Cedents and the Debt Guarantor ("Cession and Pledge")

1

We refer to the Cession and Pledge (a copy of which is attached for your records). Terms and expressions defined in the Cession and Pledge have the same meaning where used in this letter.

   
2

This letter constitutes notice to you that under the Cession and Pledge, the Cedent has ceded or will cede in securitatem debiti, in favour of the Debt Guarantor, inter alia, all of its rights and interests in and to the Bank Accounts that it maintains with you at any of your branches in South Africa (including all its claims in respect of amounts standing to the credit of those bank accounts from time to time). This includes, without limitation, cash amounts standing to the credit of the Cedent in –


  Account holder: []
     
  Account number: []
     
  Branch code: []

3

The Cedent hereby irrevocably instructs and authorises you, in relation to the Bank Accounts it holds with you, to disclose to the Finance Parties any information relating to any such Bank Account requested from you by any Finance Party.

   
4

The Cedent hereby irrevocably instructs and authorises you, in relation to the Bank Accounts it holds with you, with effect from the date on which the Debt Guarantor notifies you in writing that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and thereafter until otherwise notified by the Debt Guarantor, to –

   
4.1

comply with the terms of any written notice or instruction relating to any such Bank Account received by you from the Debt Guarantor;

   
4.2

hold all sums standing to the credit of any such Bank Account to the order of the Debt Guarantor;

   
4.3

pay or release any sum standing to the credit of any such Bank Account in accordance with the written instructions of the Debt Guarantor; and

   
4.4

pay all sums received by you for the account of the Cedent to the credit of its applicable Bank Account with you.

   
5

We acknowledge that you may comply with the instructions in this letter without any further permission from us and without any enquiry by you as to the justification for or validity of any request, notice or instruction.




6

The instructions in this letter may not be revoked or amended without the prior written consent of the Agent.

   
7

This letter is governed by the laws of South Africa.

   
8

Please send the attached acknowledgement confirming your agreement to the above to the Agent at [insert email address of the Agent], with a copy to ourselves

Yours faithfully

 
For and on behalf of
 
[] PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto


Annexure F

FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT – BANK ACCOUNTS

To: FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) Agent ("RMB")
   
Copy: K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Debt Guarantor")
   
And: [] Proprietary Limited ("Cedent")
   
From: [insert name of bank] ("Bank")
   
Date: []

Dear Sirs

Acknowledgement of Cession and Pledge

1

We acknowledge receipt of the notice of guarantee, cession and pledge dated [] 2018 by, inter alia, [insert name of the Cedent] ("Cession and Pledge"), and acknowledge and agree to the terms and conditions thereof.

 

 

2

Capitalised terms used in this letter have meaning ascribed thereto in the Cession and Pledge.

 

 

3

We further acknowledge and hereby confirm that –

 

 

3.1

no other security cession has, according to our records, been noted in relation to the Bank Account;

 

 

3.2

we have noted the rights of the Debt Guarantor in terms of the Cession and Pledge in relation to the Bank Account;

 

 

3.3

upon delivery of a written notification purportedly from the Debt Guarantor in terms of which the Debt Guarantor confirms that it has become entitled to enforce its rights under the Facility Agreement and/or the Cession and Pledge, we shall –

 

 

3.3.1

comply with the terms of any written notice or instruction relating to the Bank Account received from the Debt Guarantor;

 

 

3.3.2

only permit withdrawals from the Bank Account with the prior written consent of the Debt Guarantor;

 

 

3.3.3

upon being called upon to do so by the Debt Guarantor, provide the Finance Parties with such information concerning the Bank Account as any Finance Party may from time to time require; and

 

 

3.3.4

upon receipt of written request from the Debt Guarantor, sweep and pay all cash amounts at such time (and from time to time thereafter) standing to the credit of the Bank Account into such bank account of the Debt Guarantor as the Debt Guarantor may stipulate until the Debt Guarantor confirms in writing to us that the obligations secured by the Facility Agreement and/or the Cession and Pledge, have been fully and finally discharged.

 

 

4

The person signing below on behalf of [insert name of Bank] warrants that they are duly authorised hereto.

Yours faithfully

 
For and on behalf of
 
[insert name of bank]
 
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto


Annexure G

FORM OF NOTICE - INSURANCES

To:

[insert name of insurer] ("Company")

   
From:

[] Proprietary Limited ("Cedent")

   
Copy:

FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent ("RMB")

   
And:

K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Debt Guarantor")

   
Date:

[]

Dear Sirs

Guarantee, Cession and Pledge in Security concluded on or about [] between, amongst others, the Cedent and the Debt Guarantor ("Cession and Pledge")

1

We refer to the Cession and Pledge (a copy of which is attached for your records).

 

 

2

In this letter —

 

 

2.1

"Insurances" means any of the contracts or policies of insurance set out in Annexe A hereto;

 

 

2.2

"Insurance Proceeds" means all proceeds of insurance payable to or received by us in respect of the Insurances, whether in respect of claims, by way of return of premium or otherwise, but excluding any third-party liability insurance and all amounts received or receivable under or in connection with third party liability insurance and required to settle a liability of the Cedent to a third party.

 

 

3

Unless expressly defined in this letter, terms and expressions defined in the Cession and Pledge have the same meaning where used in this letter.

 

 

4

This letter constitutes notice to you that under the Cession and Pledge, the Cedent has ceded in securitatem debiti in favour of the Debt Guarantor, inter alia, all of its rights and interests in and to the Insurances and the Insurance Proceeds.

 

 

5

On behalf of the Cedent, we confirm that —

 

 

5.1

the Cedent will remain liable under each such Insurance to perform all the obligations assumed by it under the Insurances; and

 

 

5.2

none of the Finance Parties, their agents or any other person will at any time be under any obligation or liability to you under or in respect of any such Insurance.

 

 

6

The Cedent will also remain entitled to exercise all of its rights under each such Insurance and you should continue to give notices under each such Insurance to the Cedent, unless and until you receive notice from the Debt Guarantor to the contrary, stating that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. In this event, unless the Debt Guarantor otherwise agrees in writing –

 

 

6.1

all amounts payable to the Cedent under each such Insurance shall be paid to the Debt Guarantor; and

 

 

6.2

any rights of the Cedent in connection with those amounts will be exercisable by, and notices shall be given to, the Debt Guarantor or as it directs.




7

Please note that the Cedent has agreed that it will not amend or waive any term of or terminate any Insurance without the prior consent of the Agent.

   
8

The instructions in this letter may not be revoked or amended without the prior written consent of the Agent.

   
9

We acknowledge that you may comply with the instructions in this letter without any further permission from us or the Cedent and without any enquiry by you as to the justification for or validity of any request, notice or instruction.

   
10

This letter is governed by the laws of South Africa.

   
11

Please note on the relevant contracts the Debt Guarantor 's interest as Loss Payee and as Debt Guarantor of those insurances and send to the Debt Guarantor with a copy to ourselves of the attached acknowledgement confirming your Agreement to the above and giving the further Undertakings set out in the Acknowledgement.

Yours faithfully

 
For and on behalf of
 
[] PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto


Annexure H

FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT - INSURANCES

To: FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent ("RMB")
   
Copy: K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Debt Guarantor")
   
And: [] Proprietary Limited ("Cedent")
   
From: [insert name of insurer] ("Company")
   
Date: []

Dear Sirs

Acknowledgement of Cession and Pledge

12

We hereby confirm that –

 

 

12.1

we have received notification of the security cession specified in this letter;

 

 

12.2

no other security cession has, according to our records, been noted in relation to the Insurances;

 

 

12.3

we have noted the rights of the Debt Guarantor in terms of the Agreement in relation to the Insurances;

 

 

12.4

upon delivery of a written notification purportedly from the Debt Guarantor in terms of which the the Debt Guarantor confirms that it has become entitled to enforce its rights under the Agreement, we shall –

 

 

12.4.1

comply with the terms of any written notice or instruction relating to the Insurances received from the Debt Guarantor; and

 

 

12.4.2

pay any amounts payable under the Insurances to the Debt Guarantor into such bank account specified by the Debt Guarantor.

 

 

13

The person signing below on behalf of [insert name of Insurance Company] warrants that they are duly authorised hereto.

Yours faithfully

 
For and on behalf of
 
[insert name of insurer]
 
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto


Annexure I

FORM OF ACCESSION UNDERTAKING

To: FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) as Agent ("RMB")
   
And: K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Debt Guarantor")
   
From: [] Proprietary Limited ("Company")
   
Date: []

Dear Sirs

Guarantee, Cession and Pledge in Security dated [] 2018 ("Agreement")

15

Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Undertaking unless given a different meaning herein.

   
16

The Company agrees, with effect from the date of this Accession Undertaking, to become an Additional Cedent and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Cedent.

   
17

With effect from the date of this Accession Undertaking the Agreement will be read and construed for all purposes as if the Additional Cedent has been an original party in the capacity as Original Cedent.

   
18

The Company is a private company duly incorporated under the laws of [].

   
19

The Company's administrative details are as follows –


  Address: []
     
  Fax No: []
     
  Email Address: []
     
  Attention: []

20

This Accession Undertaking is a Finance Document.

   
21

This Accession Undertaking may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Accession Undertaking.

   
22

This Accession Undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.


 
For and on behalf of
 
[INSERT ACCEDING PARTY]
 
who warrants that he/she is duly authorised hereto



Exhibit 10.93

DEBT GUARANTOR MANAGEMENT
AGREEMENT

between

K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Debt Guarantor)

and

FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED
(ACTING THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK DIVISION)
(as Agent)

and

DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Borrower)

and

TMF CORPORATE SERVICES (SOUTH AFRICA) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Administrator)



TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PARTIES 1
2 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1
3 APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATOR AND LIMITATIONS 5
4 THE ADMINISTRATION SERVICES 6
5 EXERCISE OF DISCRETION BY THE ADMINISTRATOR 10
6 EXPENSES, DISBURSEMENTS AND REMUNERATION 10
7 WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS 10
8 NON- PETITION 11
9 INDEMNITY BY ADMINISTRATOR IN FAVOUR OF THE DEBT GUARANTOR 12
10 SUB-CONTRACTING AND DELEGATION 13
11 SERVICES NON-EXCLUSIVE 13
12 DURATION AND TERMINATION 13
13 RIGHTS AND DUTIES ON TERMINATION 16
14 CONFIDENTIALITY 16
15 NOTICES AND DOMICILIA 17
16 ASSIGNMENT 19
17 GOVERNING LAW 19
18 JURISDICTION 19
19 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 19
20 NO VARIATION 19
21 SOLE AGREEMENT 20
22 SEVERABILITY 20
23 COSTS 20
24 EXECUTION 20


1

1

PARTIES

   
1.1

The Parties to this Agreement are –

   
1.1.1

K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, registration number 2018/318388/07 (as "Debt Guarantor");

   
1.1.2

DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, registration number 2005/040937/07 (as "Borrower");

   
1.1.3

FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division), registration number 1929/001225/06 ("Agent") as Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties; and

   
1.1.4

TMF Corporate Services (South Africa) Proprietary Limited, registration number 2006/013631/07 ("TMF").

   
2

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

   
2.1

Definitions

   

In this Agreement –

   
2.1.1

"Accounting Records" means the books of account and accounting systems of the Debt Guarantor;

   
2.1.2

"Act" means the Companies Act, No 71 of 2008;

   
2.1.3

"Administrator" means, until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and irrevocably discharged, TMF or anyone who is appointed to perform the Administration Services pursuant to clause 12.3 (Duration and Termination) below;

   
2.1.4

"Administration Services" means the services to be rendered by the Administrator as contemplated in clause 4 (The Administration Services) below;

   
2.1.5

"Agreement" means this agreement as it may be amended, restated, supplemented, varied or novated from time to time;

   
2.1.6

"Applicable Law" means, in relation to any relevant jurisdiction, any law, regulation, regulatory requirement, judgment, order or direction or any other act (if not having the force of law, which is generally complied with by the person to whom it is addressed) of any government entity of such jurisdiction and includes any law insofar as it relates to the interpretation of any law;

   
2.1.7

"Auditors" means the statutory auditors of the Debt Guarantor from time to time;



2

2.1.8

"Borrower" means DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, (registration number 2005/040937/07), a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

   
2.1.9

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory public holiday in South Africa;

   
2.1.10

"Change in Administrator Date" means the date on which the TMF or its successor ceases to be the Administrator and a replacement Administrator is appointed pursuant to clause 4.6.1 (Change in Administration) below;

   
2.1.11

"Confidential Information" means any and all information, data, know-how, documentation, materials and other communications (whether written, oral or stored in computerised, electronic, disc, tape, microfilm or other form) including, without limitation, financial information, business plans, budgets, statistics, intellectual property, analyses, compilations, studies, financial and contractual relationships, arrangements or understandings with customers and others and customer lists;

   
2.1.12

"Debt Guarantee" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement;

   
2.1.13

"Directors" means the respective directors from time to time of the Debt Guarantor;

   
2.1.14

"Encumbrances" means any mortgage, charge, assignment by way of security, pledge, cession, cession in securitatem debiti, hypothecation, lien, right of set off, retention of title provision, trust or forward asset arrangement (for the purposes of, or which has the effect of, granting security) or any other security interest of any kind whatsoever or any agreement, whether conditional or otherwise, to create any of the same, and "Encumber" shall have a corresponding meaning;

   
2.1.15

"Facility Agreement" means the facility agreement entered into or to be entered into between the Borrower, the Debt Guarantor and the Lender (as lender and agent), all on the terms and subject to the conditions contained therein;

   
2.1.16

"Finance Documents" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement;

   
2.1.17

"Finance Parties" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement;

   
2.1.18

"Guaranteed Obligations" means the obligations owing by the Debt Guarantor to the Finance Parties from time to time under and in terms of the Debt Guarantee;

   
2.1.19

"IFRS" means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002;

   
2.1.20

"Insolvency Act" means the Insolvency Act, No 24 of 1936;



3

2.1.21

"Lender" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement;

   
2.1.22

"Letter of Engagement" means the letter of engagement in respect of the Administrative Services provided by the Administrator and counter-signed by the Borrower on 7 June 2018;

   
2.1.23

"MOI" means the memorandum of incorporation of the Debt Guarantor, as amended and/or replaced from time to time;

   
2.1.24

"Parties" means the Administrator at the time, the Borrower, the Agent and the Debt Guarantor, and "Party" means any one of them, as the context may require;

   
2.1.25

"Service Providers" means any accounting, tax, company secretarial, legal and other professional advisors who are called upon to assist the Administrator with the administration of the Debt Guarantor;

   
2.1.26

"Signature Date" means the date of last signature of this Agreement by the Parties; and

   
2.1.27

"South Africa" means the Republic of South Africa.

   
2.2

Construction

   
2.2.1

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to –

   
2.2.1.1

"Party", or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted cessionaries and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement;

   
2.2.1.2

"assets" includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

   
2.2.1.3

"authority" includes any court or any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority;

   
2.2.1.4

"guarantee" means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

   
2.2.1.5

the use of the word "including" followed by specific examples will not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it, and the eiusdem generis rule must not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific examples;



4

2.2.1.6

"indebtedness" includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

   
2.2.1.7

a "person" includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

   
2.2.1.8

a "regulation" includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

   
2.2.1.9

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

   
2.2.1.10

a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.

   
2.2.2

Section, clause and Annexures headings are for ease of reference only.

   
2.2.3

If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of this Agreement.

   
2.2.4

Unless inconsistent with the context, an expression in this Agreement which denotes the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

   
2.2.5

A reference to a "clause" is a reference to a clause of this Agreement.

   
2.2.6

The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, a contract shall be interpreted against the party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the interpretation of this Agreement

   
2.2.7

The expiry or termination of this Agreement shall not affect those provisions of this Agreement that expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

   
2.2.8

This Agreement shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed this Agreement in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to include such Party's administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.



5

2.2.9

Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words in this Agreement, if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail.

   
2.2.10

Unless a contrary indication appears, where any number of days is to be calculated from a particular day, such number shall be calculated as including that particular day and excluding the last day of such period.

   
2.3

Third Party Rights

   
2.3.1

Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to this Agreement.

   
2.3.2

Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a party to this Agreement is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.

   
3

APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATOR AND LIMITATIONS

   
3.1

The Debt Guarantor hereby appoints the Administrator in terms of this Agreement to be its lawful agent in its name and on its behalf to provide the Administration Services and to carry out the other duties and obligations of the Administrator set out in this Agreement.

   
3.2

The Administrator hereby accepts the appointment contemplated in clause 3.1 above and agrees to perform the Administration Services on behalf of the Debt Guarantor on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

   
3.3

This Agreement relates to the Administration Services to be performed by the Administrator for and on behalf of the Debt Guarantor. The Administration Services listed in this Agreement constitute such list of services as the Directors have determined shall be performed by the Administrator. The delegation of powers contained in this Agreement constitutes the total extent of the delegation of powers by the Directors and nothing contained herein shall derogate from the powers and duties of the Directors under all Applicable Law.

   
3.4

During the continuance of its appointment under this Agreement, the Administrator shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other restrictions applicable to the Debt Guarantor contained in the other agreements to which the Debt Guarantor is a party, have the full power, authority and right to do or cause to be done any and all things reasonably necessary, convenient or incidental to the Administration Services and the performance of its other duties and obligations under this Agreement, provided that the Administrator shall have no right or power to bind the Debt Guarantor in contract or to incur obligations on behalf of the Debt Guarantor other than as expressly set out in this Agreement or without the prior written consent of the Agent.



6

3.5

In acting as the agent of the Debt Guarantor in providing the Administration Services, the Administrator shall act strictly in accordance with this Agreement.

   
3.6

The Administrator shall not be liable as primary debtor or guarantor, or in any other way be responsible, for the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreements under which the Debt Guarantor has obligations or incurs indebtedness, except to the extent expressly and specifically set forth in any such agreements.

   
3.7

The Administrator agrees (with respect to the Administration Services) to comply with the terms of the MOI and all agreements to which the Debt Guarantor is a party and acknowledges that copies of such documents and agreements have been delivered to the Administrator.

   
4

THE ADMINISTRATION SERVICES

   
4.1

The Administrator hereby agrees to perform and provide the following services for the Debt Guarantor –

   
4.1.1

procuring, at the direction of the Director(s), and coordinating the advice of the Service Providers at the expense of the Debt Guarantor, and ensuring that such services are being performed in accordance with the provisions of the agreements relating thereto;

   
4.1.2

providing any administrative assistance reasonably necessary to assist the Debt Guarantor in carrying out its obligations, including, without limitation, providing timely notice of decisions to be made, or actions to be taken, under any agreements to which the Debt Guarantor is a party; provided that if the obligations of the Debt Guarantor under any other agreements to which the Debt Guarantor is a party are only required upon receipt of notice to the Debt Guarantor or the Administrator, then the Administrator shall provide such administrative assistance only to the extent it has received such notice or is otherwise aware of such obligations;

   
4.1.3

ensuring that all notices and advice required to be delivered in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents are sent timeously and in compliance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

   
4.1.4

providing assistance to the Debt Guarantor in the execution of transactions relating to the Debt Guarantor, including, without limitation –



7

4.1.4.1

co-ordinating with the Service Providers to monitor the protection of the Debt Guarantor's interests and rights and co-ordinating the execution of documentation required;

 

4.1.4.2

providing all reasonably necessary administrative support to complete any documentation and other related matters;

 

4.1.4.3

preparing, or arranging for the preparation of, reports or the filing thereof required to be filed by the Debt Guarantor with any other entity in order for the Debt Guarantor not to be in violation of any Applicable Law or any applicable covenant; and

 

4.1.4.4

providing all reasonably necessary assistance and information to legal and other professional advisers to the Debt Guarantor in connection with any claim, action, proceeding or petition brought against the Debt Guarantor.

 

4.2

Copies of Documents Available for Inspection

 

The Administrator shall supply or procure, at its registered address, sufficient copies of the following documents to the Agent and shall hold copies available for inspection at its address referred to in clause 15.1 (Notices and Domicilia) below during normal business hours –

 

4.2.1

the MOI;

 

4.2.2

the audited financial statements, and notes thereto, of the Debt Guarantor for each financial year of the Debt Guarantor as and when such become available;

 

4.2.3

extracts of the minutes of the meetings of the shareholder and Directors of the Debt Guarantor together with copies of any and all written resolutions adopted by the shareholder and Directors of the Debt Guarantor; and

 

4.2.4

a copy of all board packs submitted to its Directors.

 

4.3

Management, Supervision and Compliance Monitoring Duties

 

 

The Administrator shall conduct the Administration Services in such a way as to –

 

4.3.1

not breach the MOI including, without limitation, any special conditions or restrictions contained therein;

 

4.3.2

ensure compliance by it with all other agreements to which the Debt Guarantor is a party, including, without limitation, the filing of all tax returns and the making of all necessary tax payments by the Debt Guarantor; and



8

4.3.3

not do anything which would cause the Debt Guarantor to violate any Applicable Law or the provisions of any other agreements to which it is party.

   
4.4

Reporting and Financial Duties

   

The Administrator shall –

   
4.4.1

report to the Directors and the Agent, at such intervals as the Directors and/or the Agent (as the case may be) may reasonably require, but not less than annually, in connection with the Debt Guarantor's business and/or the Administrator's functions and duties under this Agreement;

   
4.4.2

prepare and make available to the Directors, at such intervals as the Directors may reasonably require, but not less than semi-annually, statements, financial information and any other information which the Directors may reasonably require (including, but not limited to, monthly management accounts) to enable the Directors to be aware of and appreciate the Debt Guarantor's state of affairs;

   
4.4.3

ensure that agendas, minutes and other reports regarding the state of affairs of the Debt Guarantor are prepared for all meetings of the Directors;

   
4.4.4

prepare and submit all applications, requests and filings that may be necessary or desirable for any approval, authorisation, consent or licence in connection with the Administration Services or the Debt Guarantor's business, and perform the Administration Services in such a way as to not prejudice the continuation of any such approval, authorisation, consent or licence or any approval, authorisation, consent or licence necessary or desirable in connection with that part of the Debt Guarantor's business which is necessary to perform these Administration Services;

   
4.4.5

procure the determination of the amount of tax reasonably expected to be paid by the Debt Guarantor in respect of investment income, capital gains or otherwise (in all cases net of allowable deductions);

   
4.4.6

ensure that the Debt Guarantor is audited by the Auditors annually;

   
4.4.7

when available, but no later than one hundred and eighty days after the Debt Guarantor's financial year-end, deliver to the Debt Guarantor and the Agent, a copy of the Debt Guarantor's audited annual financial statements for that year; and

   
4.4.8

ensure that full, up-to-date and accurate Accounting Records for the Debt Guarantor are maintained in accordance with IFRS.

   
4.5

Information Duties

   

The Administrator shall –



9

4.5.1

as soon as practicable after the occurrence of an event of default under any of the Finance Documents has come to its attention, give notice in writing to the Debt Guarantor of such event of default;

   
4.5.2

as soon as practicable after such event has come to its attention, give notice in writing to the Debt Guarantor of the details of any pending legal action and any judgments or orders given against the Administrator which, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrator, could have a material adverse effect on the obligations of the Administrator under this Agreement;

   
4.5.3

give to the Debt Guarantor such information and evidence (including the making of investigations reasonably required by the Debt Guarantor) as it shall reasonably require, and in such form as it may reasonably require, as to the performance by the Administrator of its obligations under this Agreement;

   
4.5.4

supply all necessary information to the Auditors so that all statutory returns to be filed by the Debt Guarantor are correctly completed and timeously filed by the Administrator;

   
4.5.5

supply data to and co-operate with the Auditors and the Debt Guarantor, including, without limitation, permitting the Auditors access to the Debt Guarantor's books and records from time to time; and

   
4.5.6

procure the preparation and delivery to the Debt Guarantor of such further information and/or reports whether in writing or otherwise as the Finance Parties may reasonably require from time to time in relation to the Administrator's functions under this Agreement.

   
4.6

Change in Administrator

   
4.6.1

TMF shall be the Administrator until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and irrevocably discharged or until such time as TMF resigns by giving notice to the Debt Guarantor and the Agent, whereafter a replacement Administrator may be appointed.

   
4.6.2

TMF undertakes, within twenty Business Days after the Change in Administrator Date, to deliver to the replacement Administrator all of the necessary documentation and information in order to enable the replacement Administrator to continue as Administrator under the terms of this Agreement.

   
4.6.3

Should any change in regard to the Administration Services be made subsequent to the Change in Administrator Date, the replacement Administrator undertakes, as soon as reasonably possible, to notify the Debt Guarantor thereof.



10

5

EXERCISE OF DISCRETION BY THE ADMINISTRATOR

   

The Administrator shall use its reasonable endeavours to consult with the Debt Guarantor prior to exercising its own discretion in carrying out any of the Administration Services in terms of this Agreement.

   
6

EXPENSES, DISBURSEMENTS AND REMUNERATION

   
6.1

The expenses, disbursements and remuneration to be paid to the Administrator in consideration for providing the Administration Services are set out in the Letter of Engagement initially and thereafter as agreed between the Parties from time to time.

   
6.2

The Administrator is not entitled to be paid any remuneration or to receive any reimbursement of any expense or disbursement incurred by the Administrator in the provision of the Administration Services under this Agreement from the Debt Guarantor, it being agreed that all such remuneration, expenses and disbursements will be paid by the Borrower.

   
6.3

Without derogating from any aforegoing provision of this clause 6, should the Borrower fail to pay to the Administrator any expenses, disbursements or other remuneration due to it in accordance with the aforegoing provisions of this clause 6 or as agreed to between the Parties, the Agent shall be entitled to pay such amount and to recover same in full forthwith on written demand therefore from the Borrower.

   
7

WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

   
7.1

For so long as it is acting as Administrator under this Agreement, the Administrator hereby warrants, undertakes and represents in favour of the Debt Guarantor that on the Signature Date and thereafter on each day for the duration of this Agreement that –

   
7.1.1

it is validly incorporated and existing as a duly registered company in South Africa;

   
7.1.2

it has the necessary legal capacity to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and has taken all necessary corporate and/or internal action to authorise the execution and performance of this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Administrator;

   
7.1.3

it has the necessary experience, skill and expertise to perform the Administration Services in terms of this Agreement and it shall at all times perform the Administration Services in a proper manner as may be expected from such properly experienced person, making such experience, skill and expertise fully available to the Debt Guarantor;

   
7.1.4

it is aware that the Debt Guarantor is and will be relying on the Administrator's experience, skill and expertise in performing the Administration Services;



11

7.1.5

without prejudice to its rights, title and interests in any other capacity, it has, in its capacity as Administrator, no beneficial rights, title or interest in and to any of the information or data generated as a result of or in connection with the performance by the Administrator of the Administration Services in terms of this Agreement or, in its capacity as Administrator;

   
7.1.6

in the execution of this Agreement and the performance by it of its obligations hereunder, it will not contravene any law or regulation to which the Administrator is subject or any provision of the MOI;

   
7.1.7

it is in possession of all licences, consents, authorisations and the like necessary for it to lawfully provide the Administration Services and will keep in force all licences, approvals, authorisations and consents;

   
7.1.8

it will give sufficient time and attention to, and will exercise due diligence, skill and care in the performance of, the Administration Services at least in such a manner as if the Administration Services are being performed in the conduct of the Administrator's own business;

   
7.1.9

it will comply with any reasonable and lawful directions, orders and instructions which the Directors and the Debt Guarantor may from time to time give to it, which do not conflict with the Debt Guarantor's obligations under any agreements to which it is a party;

   
7.1.10

all documentation executed by the Administrator in connection with the Administration Services on behalf of the Debt Guarantor, shall be properly executed by person/s duly authorised thereto and, where necessary, shall be properly registered and stamped; and

   
7.1.11

it has disclosed to the Debt Guarantor all information which may reasonably be regarded as material by entities in a like or similar position to that of the Debt Guarantor.

   
7.2

The Administrator gives the Debt Guarantor the warranties in clause 7.1 above on the basis that this Agreement is entered into by the Debt Guarantor relying on such warranties, each of which is deemed to be a material warranty inducing the Debt Guarantor to enter into this Agreement.

   
8

NON- PETITION

   
8.1

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Administrator under this Agreement and any successor-in-title to the rights of the Administrator shall not –



12

8.1.1

apply for, or join any person in applying for, a judgment or take any proceedings for the obtaining of a judgment for the payment of money or damages by the Debt Guarantor;

   
8.1.2

levy or enforce any attachment or execution or take any proceedings for the levying of or enforcement of any attachment or execution upon or against any assets of the Debt Guarantor;

   
8.1.3

institute, or join with any person in instituting, any proceedings for the Debt Guarantor to be wound up or liquidated whether provisionally or finally or for the appointment of a provisional or final liquidator, business rescue practitioner or similar officer of the Debt Guarantor, or any of the Debt Guarantor's assets;

   
8.1.4

lodge a claim in the winding up or commencement of business rescue proceedings of the Debt Guarantor;

   
8.1.5

exercise or seek to exercise or take any proceedings for the exercise of the exception non adimpleti contractus or any right of set-off or counter-payment against the Debt Guarantor; or

   
8.1.6

be entitled to take any action against the Debt Guarantor to recover any amounts payable by the Debt Guarantor,

   

and the Administrator and such successor-in-title waives its rights in respect of such applications, proceedings and rights.

   
8.2

The provisions of this clause 8 shall continue to be effective and binding upon the Parties hereto (including any party that has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement) despite any termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

   
9

INDEMNITY BY ADMINISTRATOR IN FAVOUR OF THE DEBT GUARANTOR

   
9.1

The Debt Guarantor shall not in any circumstances be liable for the acts, omissions and representations of the Administrator, its employees or representatives, save to the extent performed on the Debt Guarantor's behalf in accordance with this Agreement and any other agreements to which it is a party.

   
9.2

The Administrator hereby indemnifies the Debt Guarantor and its respective directors, officers and employees against all costs (including all costs of litigation), expenses, damages (whether direct or consequential), loss, liability, claims, actions or proceedings of whatever nature which the Debt Guarantor or any third party may suffer or incur arising from or attributable to –

   
9.2.1

the grossly negligent or fraudulent performance or wilful default by the Administrator, its employees or representatives, of the Administrator's duties and exercise of its rights under this Agreement or the grossly negligent or fraudulent omission by the Administrator or any of its employees or representatives to perform any of the duties of the Administrator under this Agreement;



13

9.2.2

any breach by the Administrator of this Agreement, including its representations, warranties and covenants hereunder; or

 

9.2.3

any grossly negligent act or omission by the Administrator, its employees or representatives which causes the Debt Guarantor to breach any of the provisions of any other agreements to which it is a party, including any representation, covenant or warranty given thereunder.

 

10

SUB-CONTRACTING AND DELEGATION

 

10.1

The Administrator shall be entitled, with the prior written consent of the Debt Guarantor, at the cost of the Administrator and in instances where the services or advice of experts is required, to appoint experts to render specific services, including –

 

10.1.1

financial administration;

 

10.1.2

legal services;

 

10.1.3

tax consulting services; and/or

 

10.1.4

information technology services.

 

10.2

Should the Administrator appoint any experts in accordance with the provisions of clause 10.1 above, the Administrator shall not thereby be released or discharged from any liability in terms of this Agreement and shall remain responsible for the advice and assistance rendered by such expert.

 

11

SERVICES NON-EXCLUSIVE

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Administrator from rendering services similar to those provided for in this Agreement to other persons, firms or companies carrying on business similar to the business of the Debt Guarantor or the Administrator's own business provided that the Administrator continues to give sufficient time and attention to its obligations in terms of this Agreement.

 

12

DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

12.1

This Agreement shall commence on the Signature Date hereof and, subject to provisions of clause 12.2, clause 12.3, clause 12.4, and clause 12.10 below continue until the later of –



14

12.1.1

the date on which all of the obligations of the Debt Guarantor under the Finance Documents to which it is a party are fully, finally, and irrevocably discharged and all Encumbrances securing such obligations are fully, finally and irrevocably discharged; or

   
12.1.2

such later date as may be agreed between the Parties.

   
12.2

The Debt Guarantor and/or the Administrator shall at any time be entitled to terminate the appointment of the Administrator in terms of this Agreement on not less than ninety days prior written notice to the other of them to such effect, provided that the Debt Guarantor or the Administrator (as the case may be) shall only be entitled to so terminate this Agreement if a replacement Administrator (acceptable to the Debt Guarantor and the Agent) has been appointed and assumes office as such and is able to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Debt Guarantor and the Agent that it has the necessary systems and capabilities to render the Administration Services.

   
12.3

Should TMF cease to act as Administrator prior to the date envisaged in clause 12.1 above, TMF undertakes to appoint a replacement Administrator to perform the Administration Services until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations have become discharged, as contemplated by clause 12.1 above. References in this Agreement to TMF shall be deemed to include references to such replacement Administrator.

   
12.4

Should –

   
12.4.1

the Administrator breach any material provision of this Agreement, which breach –

   
12.4.1.1

is incapable of being remedied; or

   
12.4.1.2

if capable of being remedied, is not remedied within seven Business Days after receiving written notice from the Debt Guarantor requiring such breach to be remedied;

   
12.4.2

the Administrator breach any other provision of this Agreement which breach, if capable of being remedied, is not remedied within thirty days after receiving written notice from the Debt Guarantor requiring such breach to be remedied;

   
12.4.3

the Administrator be liquidated;

   
12.4.4

the Administrator have any application or other proceedings brought against it or in respect of it in terms of which it is sought to be deregistered, wound-up or liquidated, or have any business rescue proceedings instituted against it in terms of Chapter 6 of the Act (in any such event whether provisionally or finally), other than proceedings that are being contested by appropriate legal proceedings;



15

12.4.5

the Administrator become insolvent or commit any act which is or, if it were a natural person, would be an act of insolvency as defined in the Insolvency Act;

 

12.4.6

the Administrator be deemed to be financially distressed in terms of the Act;

 

12.4.7

the Administrator compromise or attempt to compromise with, or defer or attempt to defer payment of debts owing by it to, its creditors generally;

 

12.4.8

the Administrator alienate or encumber the whole or a major portion of its assets (other than in the ordinary course of the Administrator's business);

 

12.4.9

the Administrator ceases to carry on its business in a normal and regular manner or materially change the nature of its business; or

 

12.4.10

the performance of the Administrator's obligations in terms of this Agreement become illegal,

 

then the Debt Guarantor (with the prior written consent of the Agent) shall be entitled, without prejudice to its other rights in law including the right to claim damages, to summarily or at any time thereafter cancel the Administrator's appointment under this Agreement or to claim immediate specific performance of all of the Administrator's obligations, whether or not otherwise then due for performance. Any termination of appointment pursuant to this clause 12.4 shall be without liability or penalty on the part of the Debt Guarantor for so doing.

 

12.5

No event contemplated in clause 12.4 above occurring in relation to any Administrator, which occurs while such person is acting as Administrator, shall be attributable to the replacement Administrator. It is specifically recorded that the replacement Administrator's obligations under this Agreement only arise on the Change in Administrator Date.

 

12.6

The Administrator shall inform the Debt Guarantor in writing of any event contemplated in clause 12.4 above forthwith after the happening of such event.

 

12.7

On and after termination of the Administrator's appointment u pursuant to clause 12.4 above, all rights, authority and power of the Administrator under this Agreement shall be terminated and be of no further effect whatsoever and the Administrator shall not hold itself out in any way as the agent of the Debt Guarantor.

 

12.8

The termination of the Administrator's appointment under this Agreement will be without prejudice to the rights of the Parties in respect of any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination.

 

12.9

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Debt Guarantor serves any notice of cancellation on the Administrator pursuant to clause 12.4 above, it shall be entitled, notwithstanding that the Administrator may dispute the notice of cancellation, forthwith to appoint another person to act as Administrator in terms of this Agreement, pending resolution of the dispute.



16

12.10

The Parties specifically agree that the rights and obligations of TMF, its successor or such replacement Administrator appointed pursuant to clause 12.3 above, under this Agreement shall terminate once all the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and irrevocably discharged.

   
13

RIGHTS AND DUTIES ON TERMINATION

   

Upon termination of the Administrator's appointment under this Agreement for any reason, the Administrator shall immediately –

   
13.1

cease and refrain thereafter from –

   
13.1.1

performing any of the Administration Services under this Agreement; and

   
13.1.2

using or disclosing to others any Confidential Information relating to this Agreement;

   
13.2

return to the Debt Guarantor all documents held in safe custody by the Administrator on behalf of the Debt Guarantor, or that came into the possession of the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement including originals and any copies of such documents;

   
13.3

deliver to the Debt Guarantor all systems, pin numbers, passwords, security codes and keys used or acquired by the Administrator in terms of this Agreement;

   
13.4

hand over any monies then held by the Administrator or at any time thereafter received by the Administrator on behalf of the Debt Guarantor; and

   
13.5

generally do all such things as may be necessary to place the Debt Guarantor or a new Administrator in full control of the facilities and/or Administration Services provided in terms of this Agreement.

   
14

CONFIDENTIALITY

   
14.1

Each of the Administrator and the Debt Guarantor agree to maintain the provisions of the Finance Documents to which it is party and the details of their negotiations leading up to the conclusion of the Finance Documents to which it is party as confidential and shall not, save as required by Applicable Law, disclose any of such details or information to any third party whomsoever, other than to its professional advisers under similar confidentiality undertakings. The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any information which is in the public domain other than through a breach of the provisions of this clause 14.



17

14.2

The Administrator shall maintain as confidential all Confidential Information which it obtains and has obtained in relation to the Finance Parties, provided that such undertaking shall not apply –

   
14.2.1

if such Confidential Information is or was in the public domain; and

   
14.2.2

if the Administrator is required to deliver any such Confidential Information in accordance with Applicable Law.

   
15

NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

   
15.1

The Parties choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes under this Agreement, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the following addresses –

   
15.1.1

in the case of the Debt Guarantor –


  Physical address: 3rd Floor, 200 on Main
     
    Corner of Main and Bowwood Roads
     
    Claremont
     
    7708
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: Managing Director

15.1.2

in the case of the Borrower –


  Physical: 23/25 Commerce Crescent
     
    Kramerville
     
    2031  
     
  Telefax: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: Dave Smaldon

15.1.3

in the case of the Administrator –


  Physical address: 3rd Floor, 200 on Main
     
    Corner of Main and Bowwood Roads
     
    Claremont
     
    7708
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: The Managing Director; and


18

15.1.4

in the case of the Agent –


  Physical address: 14th Floor, 1 Merchant Place
     
    1 Fredman Drive
     
    Sandton  
     
    2196
     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email Address: xxx
     
  Attention: Theresa Rheeder,

or at such other address, not being a post office box or post restante, of which the Party concerned may notify the other in writing.

15.2

Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice only by hand delivery or by courier or telefax.

   
15.3

Either Party may by notice to the other Party change the physical address where postal delivery occurs or its telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective on the fourteenth Business Day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the other Party.

   
15.4

Any notice to a Party –

   
15.4.1

delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its domicilium citandi et executandi shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery;

   
15.4.2

delivered by courier service to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its domicilium citandi et executandi shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery by the courier service concerned; or

   
15.4.3

sent by telefax to its chosen telefax number stipulated in clause 15.1, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of despatch (unless the contrary is proved).

   
15.5

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen domicilium citandi et executandi.



19

16

ASSIGNMENT

   

Neither the Administrator nor the Borrower may cede, delegate or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior consent of the Agent and the Debt Guarantor.

   
17

GOVERNING LAW

   

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it] are governed by South African law.

   
18

JURISDICTION

   
18.1

The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a "Dispute").

   
18.2

The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

   
19

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

   

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Party, any right or remedy under this Agreement or other document or other indulgence shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy otherwise affect any of that Party's rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of this Agreement. No consent to any waiver or novation of a Party's rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

   
20

NO VARIATION

   

No variation of, addition to, consensual cancellation of or waiver of any right arising in terms of this Agreement (including this clause 20) shall be of any force or effect unless it is reduced to writing and signed by a duly authorised representative of each of the Parties.



20

21

SOLE AGREEMENT

   

This Agreement constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

   
22

SEVERABILITY

   
22.1

All provisions of this Agreement are, notwithstanding the manner in which they have been grouped together or linked grammatically, severable from each other.

   
22.2

Any provision of this Agreement which is or becomes unenforceable, whether due to voidness, invalidity, illegality, unlawfulness or for any other reason whatever, shall, only to the extent that it is so unenforceable, be treated as pro non scripto and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain of full force and effect.

   
22.3

The Parties declare that it is their intention that this Agreement would be executed without such unenforceable provision if they were aware of such unenforceability at the time of execution hereof.

   
23

COSTS

   
23.1

The costs of the preparation of this Agreement, the drawing and redrafting thereof and sundry attendances incidental to the aforegoing, together with any securities transfer taxes payable thereon, shall be borne in accordance with the provisions of the Facility Agreement.

   
23.2

All legal costs, including costs as between attorney and own client, charges and disbursements incurred by a Party in enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement and costs and disbursements incurred in tracing another Party and in collecting and endeavouring to collect all or any amounts payable by such other Party hereunder or otherwise, and all collection commission, and all other fees and charges of a like nature, shall be for the account of such other Party and payable on demand.

   
24

EXECUTION

   

This Agreement –

   
24.1

may be executed in separate counterparts, none of which need contain the signatures of all of the Parties, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one agreement; and

   
24.2

shall be valid and binding upon the Parties, notwithstanding that one or more of the Parties may sign a facsimile or scanned copy thereof and whether or not such facsimile copy contains the signature of any other Party.



SIGNED at Cape Town on 07 June 2018

For and on behalf of
K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF)
PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
/s/ Rozanne Kamalie
Signature
 
Rozanne Kamalie
Name of Signatory
 
Director
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Cape Town on 7 June 2018

For and on behalf of
TMF CORPORATE SERVICES (SOUTH
AFRICA) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
 
/s/ Nicholas Clarke
Signature
 
Nicholas Clarke
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised Signatory
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (ACTING
THROUGH ITS RAND MERCHANT BANK
DIVISION)
 
 
/s/ Robert Leon
Signature
 
Robert Leon
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
Designation of Signatory
 
 
 
/s/ Jon Chowthee
Signature
 
Jon Chowthee
Name of Signatory
 
Authorised
Designation of Signatory


SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018

For and on behalf of
DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
 
 
/s/ A. J. Dunn
Signature
 
A. J. Dunn
Name of Signatory
 
CEO
Designation of Signatory



Exhibit 10.94

COUNTER-INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

by

DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Borrower)

in favour of

K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(as Debt Guarantor)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PARTIES 1
2 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1
3 INDEMNITY 2
4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 4
5 TRANSACTION SECURITY 6
6 PAYMENTS 6
7 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES 7
8 CHANGES TO THE PARTIES 7
9 NOTICES 7
10 PARTIAL INVALIDITY 10
11 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 10
12 AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND EXTENSIONS 10
13 RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS 10
14 COUNTERPARTS 10
15 SOLE AGREEMENT 11
16 NO IMPLIED TERMS 11
17 INDEPENDENT ADVICE 11
18 GOVERNING LAW 11
19 JURISDICTION 11


1

1

PARTIES


1.1

The Parties to this Agreement are –


1.1.1

DNI-4PL Contracts Proprietary Limited, registration number 2005/040937/07 (as "Borrower"); and

   
1.1.2

K2018318388 (South Africa) (RF) Proprietary Limited, registration number 2018/318388/07 (as "Debt Guarantor").


1.2

The Parties agree as set out below.


2

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION


2.1

Definitions

   

In this Agreement, including the recitals, capitalised terms used but not defined below shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) and the following expressions shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the meanings assigned to them hereunder –


2.1.1

"Acceleration Notice" means a notice given by the Agent to the Borrower under clause 23.15 (Acceleration) of the Facility Agreement and the corresponding provisions of a Facility Agreement, declaring any or all amounts outstanding under a Facility Agreement to be due and payable;

   
2.1.2

"Agent" means FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank Division), registration number 1929/001225/06, a public company and registered bank duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

   
2.1.3

"Agreement" means this counter indemnity agreement and its Annexures;

   
2.1.4

"Debt Guarantee" means the first-ranking debt guarantee given by the Debt Guarantor in favour of the Finance Parties (other than the Debt Guarantor), dated on or about the Signature Date, for the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents;

   
2.1.5

"Facility Agreement" means the agreement concluded on or about the Signature Date between, amongst others, the Agent (as lender and agent) and the Borrower pursuant to which the Lender makes a revolving credit facility available to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein;

   
2.1.6

"Parties" means the parties to this Agreement and "Party" means any of them, as the context may require;

   
2.1.7

"Secured Creditors" means the Finance Parties; and



2

2.1.8

"Signature Date" means the date of the signature of the Party last signing this Agreement in time.


2.2

Construction

   

The provisions of clauses 2.2 (Construction) and 2.3 (Third Party Rights) of the Facility Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into and apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement, except that any reference in those clauses to the Facility Agreement is to be construed as a reference to this Agreement.


3

INDEMNITY


3.1

Indemnity


3.1.1

With effect from Fulfilment Date, the Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds the Debt Guarantor harmless against any claim made against, or liability of the Debt Guarantor under, or amounts payable by the Debt Guarantor in accordance with, the Debt Guarantee (including, without limitation, any properly evidenced loss, liability, damage, claim, cost or expense of whatsoever nature plus legal costs as between attorney and own client, which the Debt Guarantor may suffer or incur as a result of executing or furnishing, or taking any action to enforce its rights under, this Agreement, the Debt Guarantee or any other Finance Document to which it is a party) and irrespective of the validity and legal effect of the Debt Guarantee.

   
3.1.2

The liability of the Borrower under this Indemnity is unlimited and shall be discharged and paid as provided in clause 3.2 (Settlement of Claims) below.


3.2

Settlement of Claims


3.2.1

The Borrower shall pay to the Debt Guarantor on first written demand, irrevocably unconditionally and without objection or qualification, any amount which the Debt Guarantor is called upon to pay under the Debt Guarantee (plus any properly evidenced costs, fees or expenses incurred by the Debt Guarantor in enforcing its rights under this Agreement or any Security Document), subject only to the following requirements –


3.2.1.1

an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

   
3.2.1.2

that such amount –


3.2.1.2.1

is due and owing by, and payment thereof has been validly demanded in writing from, the Borrower under a Finance Document (including, if applicable, by way of acceleration under clause 23.15 (Acceleration) of the Facility Agreement); and



3

3.2.1.2.2

has not been paid in full;

   
3.2.1.2.3

the Agent has issued an Acceleration Notice;

   
3.2.1.2.4

the Debt Guarantor has been called upon in writing to make payment in respect of that amount under the Debt Guarantee; and

   
3.2.1.2.5

copies of the notices of demand referred to in clauses 3.2.1.2 and 3.2.1.2.3 above have been delivered to the Borrower.


3.2.2

A payment made by the Borrower under this clause and received for value by the Debt Guarantor, shall discharge, in an equal amount, the corresponding underlying payment obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents in respect of which the payment under this clause is made.


3.3

Continuing Obligations


3.3.1

The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement shall remain in force and extend to the ultimate balance of all amounts owing under the Debt Guarantee as a continuing covering indemnity until the Discharge Date, regardless of any intermediate discharge or settlement or temporary extinction thereof or temporary fluctuation therein. The Borrower may not withdraw from or terminate this Agreement at any time before the Discharge Date.

   
3.3.2

This Agreement shall be enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, whether as an indemnity or otherwise, regardless of any invalidity or unenforceability of the Debt Guarantee, for any reason whatsoever, in whole or in part.


3.4

Waiver of Defences


3.4.1

The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the indemnities given hereunder shall not be prejudiced, affected or diminished by an act, omission, circumstance, matter or thing which, but for this provision, might otherwise operate to reduce, release or prejudice any of the Borrower's obligations under this Agreement (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party), including –

   
3.4.1.1

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, the Borrower, the Debt Guarantor or other person;

   
3.4.1.2

the release of any person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of the Borrower or another person;

   
3.4.1.3

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, execute, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any person;



4

3.4.1.4

any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

   
3.4.1.5

any legal disability, incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the Borrower, the Debt Guarantor or any other person;

   
3.4.1.6

any amendment (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) of a Finance Document or any other document or security (including, without limitation, any extension of the due date for performance of any Guaranteed Obligation or any increase or replacement of any facility);

   
3.4.1.7

any unenforceability, illegality, invalidity, suspension, cancellation or non-provability of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security;

   
3.4.1.8

any liquidation, winding-up, insolvency, business rescue or similar proceedings in respect of the Borrower, the Debt Guarantor, a Finance Party or any other person;

   
3.4.1.9

the Debt Guarantor or any Finance Party receiving a dividend or benefit in any insolvency, liquidation or any compromise or composition, whether in terms of any statutory enforcement or the common law;

   
3.4.1.10

any Finance Party granting any indulgences to the Borrower or not exercising any one or more of its rights under the Finance Documents, either timeously or at all; and/or

   
3.4.1.11

any other fact or circumstance arising on which the Borrower might otherwise be able to rely on a defence based on prejudice, waiver or estoppel.


3.4.2

The Debt Guarantor shall not be concerned or required to see or investigate the powers or authority of the Borrower or its directors, officers or agents.


4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


4.1

The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this clause 4 to the Debt Guarantor on each day that this Agreement is in force.

   
4.2

References in this clause to "it" or "its", unless the context otherwise requires, is a reference to the Borrower. The representations and warranties set out in this clause 4 shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date on which the representation is made.

   
4.3

The Debt Guarantor enters into the Finance Documents to which it is a party on the strength of and relying on the representations and warranties set out in this clause 4, each of which is a separate representation and warranty, given without prejudice to any other representation or warranty and is deemed to be a material representation or warranty (as applicable) inducing the Debt Guarantor to enter into those Finance Documents.



5

4.4

Status

   

The Borrower is a company limited by shares, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa with the corporate power to own its assets and to conduct its business as presently conducted.


4.5

Power and Authority


4.5.1

It has the power and capacity to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the entry into and performance of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

   
4.5.2

No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of Security or the giving of the guarantees or indemnities contemplated in this Agreement.


4.6

Binding Obligations

   

This Agreement and the indemnities given hereunder are legal, valid, binding and, subject to general principles of law applicable to companies and affecting the rights of creditors generally, enforceable obligations.

   
4.7

Non-Conflict with other Obligations

   

The entry into, and performance by, the Borrower of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with:


4.7.1

any law or regulation applicable to it;

   
4.7.2

the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

   
4.7.3

any agreement or document which is binding upon the Borrower or any of its assets.


4.8

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence

   

All Authorisations and any other acts, conditions or things required or desirable –


4.8.1

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Agreement; and

   
4.8.2

to make this Agreement admissible in evidence in South Africa,

have been obtained, effected, done, fulfilled or performed and are in full force and effect.


6

5

TRANSACTION SECURITY

   

As security for the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the indemnities contained herein, the Borrower shall grant to the Debt Guarantor all the Security to be established (or intended to be established) under the Security Documents to which the Borrower is required to be a party (as set out in the Facility Agreement) and shall maintain in full force and effect and preserve all such Security until the Discharge Date.

   
6

PAYMENTS


6.1

All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement must be made to the Debt Guarantor or its order into such bank account at such office or bank in South Africa as it may notify to the Borrower for this purpose by not less than five Business Days' prior notice.

   
6.2

Each amount payable under this Agreement is payable in Rand.

   
6.3

Payments under this Agreement must be made for value on the due date in immediately available and freely transferable funds, or at such times and in such funds as the Debt Guarantor may specify to the Borrower as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in Rand in the place for payment.

   
6.4

All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement must be calculated and made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

   
6.5

If a payment under this Agreement is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment will instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not) or whatever day the Debt Guarantor reasonably determines is market practice.

   
6.6

If any sum due from the Borrower under this Agreement (a "Sum"), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the "First Currency") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the "Second Currency") for the purpose of –


6.6.1

making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower; or

   
6.6.2

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation proceedings,

   

the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Debt Guarantor against any properly evidenced cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to the Debt Guarantor at the time of its receipt of that Sum.



7

7

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES


7.1

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the entries made in the accounts maintained by or on behalf of the Debt Guarantor, in the absence of manifest error, are prima facie proof of the matters to which they relate.

   
7.2

Any certification or determination by the Debt Guarantor of a rate or amount (together with details of the calculation) or a due date under this Agreement, signed by any officer, manager or employee of the Debt Guarantor (the appointment of which officer, manager or employee need not be proved), will be, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie proof of the matters to which it relates.


8

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES


8.1

The Debt Guarantor shall be entitled at any time and without the consent of the Borrower to cede and/or delegate any or all of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement. The Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably consents to the splitting of any claims against it which may result from or pursuant to or in consequence of such cession and/or delegation by the Debt Guarantor in terms of this Agreement.

   
8.2

The Borrower shall not be entitled to cede any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement.


9

NOTICES


9.1

Communications in Writing

   

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax, email or letter.

   
9.2

Addresses

   

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement is –


9.2.1

in the case of the Borrower –


  Physical address: 23/25 Commerce Crescent
     
    Kramerville
     
   

2031  

     
  Fax number: 086 689 4948


8

  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: Dave Smaldon; and
     
9.2.2 in the case of the Debt Guarantor –
   
  Physical address: 3rd Floor, 200 on Main
     
    Corner of Main and Bowwood Roads
     
    Claremont
     
    

7708  

     
  Fax number: xxx
     
  Email address: xxx
     
  Attention: The Managing Director,

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the other Party by not less than five Business Days' notice.

9.3

Domicilia


9.3.1

Each of the Parties chooses its physical address provided under or in connection with clause 9.2 (Addresses) as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with this Agreement may be served.

   
9.3.2

Any Party may by written notice to the other Party change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante, in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Party pursuant to clause 9.4 (Delivery).


9.4

Delivery


9.4.1

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with this Agreement will only be effective when received by the recipient and, unless the contrary is proved, shall be deemed to be received –


9.4.1.1

if by way of email, be deemed to have been received on the date of transmission;

   
9.4.1.2

if by way of fax, be deemed to have been received on the first Business Day following the date of transmission provided that the fax is received in legible form;

   
9.4.1.3

if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery; and

   
9.4.1.4

if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending, and if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 9.2 (Addresses) above, if addressed to that department or officer.



9

9.4.2

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Debt Guarantor will be effective only when actually received by the Debt Guarantor and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Debt Guarantor's address details provided under clause 9.2 (Addresses) above (or any substitute department or officer as the Debt Guarantor shall specify for this purpose).

   
9.4.3

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with clauses 9.4.1 to 9.4.1.4 above, after 17h00 in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.


9.5

Electronic Communication


9.5.1

The Parties confirm that any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website).

   
9.5.2

The Parties agree that –


9.5.2.1

they will notify the other Party in writing of any information required to enable the transmission of information by electronic means; and

   
9.5.2.2

they will notify the other Party in writing of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

   
9.5.3

Any electronic communication as specified in clause 9.5.1 above made between the Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by the Borrower to the Debt Guarantor only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Debt Guarantor shall specify for this purpose.

   
9.5.4

Any reference in this Agreement to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this clause 9.5.


9.6

English Language

   

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English.



10

10

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

   

If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term "inoperable" in this clause 10 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.

   
11

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

   

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Debt Guarantor, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

   
12

AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND EXTENSIONS


12.1

Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Agent and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

   
12.2

No amendment or waiver contemplated by this clause 12 shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Parties.

   
12.3

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder or enforcement of any right arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party shall under any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party's rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of this Agreement.


13

RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS

   

The Borrower renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi, non causa debiti, non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

   
14

COUNTERPARTS

   

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.



11

15

SOLE AGREEMENT

   

This Agreement constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

   
16

NO IMPLIED TERMS

   

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in this Agreement in regard to the subject matter thereof.

   
17

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

   

The Borrower acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of this Agreement and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Borrower acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Agreement.

   
18

GOVERNING LAW

   

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.

   
19

JURISDICTION


19.1

The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a "Dispute").

   
19.2

The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

   
19.3

Notwithstanding clause 19.1 above, the Debt Guarantor shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Debt Guarantor may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.




SIGNED at Sandton on 28 June 2018
   
  For and on behalf of
  DNI-4PL CONTRACTS PROPRIETARY
  LIMITED
   
   
  /s/ A. J. Dunn
  Signature
   
  A. J. Dunn
  Name of Signatory
   
  CEO
  Designation of Signatory



SIGNED at Cape Town on 07 June 2018
   
  For and on behalf of
  K2018318388 (SOUTH AFRICA) (RF)
  PROPRIETARY LIMITED
   
   
  /s/ Rozanne Kamalie
  Signature
   
  Rozanne Kamalie
  Name of Signatory
   
  Director
  Designation of Signatory


Categories

SEC Filings